WO2023040933A1 - Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device - Google Patents

Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023040933A1
WO2023040933A1 PCT/CN2022/118917 CN2022118917W WO2023040933A1 WO 2023040933 A1 WO2023040933 A1 WO 2023040933A1 CN 2022118917 W CN2022118917 W CN 2022118917W WO 2023040933 A1 WO2023040933 A1 WO 2023040933A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
beam information
target beam
target
terminal
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/118917
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
杨宇
Original Assignee
维沃移动通信有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 维沃移动通信有限公司 filed Critical 维沃移动通信有限公司
Publication of WO2023040933A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023040933A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/10Scheduling measurement reports ; Arrangements for measurement reports
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • H04W72/044Wireless resource allocation based on the type of the allocated resource

Definitions

  • the present application belongs to the technical field of wireless communication, and specifically relates to a method for determining beam information, a terminal and a network side device.
  • beam squinting may occur due to differences in signal propagation characteristics at different frequency positions. For example, there is a deviation in the beam direction between the band edge frequency point and the center frequency point of a large bandwidth.
  • the network performs beam training according to the center frequency point and selects the optimal beam, use the optimal beam to transmit the channel in the full bandwidth, then The beam direction at the edge frequency point will deviate, so that the quality of the beam link will also deteriorate.
  • IBM means that the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) can independently select the optimal beam through the independent beam management of the primary carrier (Primary Component Carrier, PCC) and secondary carrier (Secondary Component Carrier, SCC).
  • PCC Primary Component Carrier
  • SCC Secondary Component Carrier
  • different CCs can have relatively optimal transceiving performance, but the disadvantage is that the signaling overhead is relatively large and the architecture design of the UE is also more complicated.
  • the CBM means that only the PCC performs the beam management process for the UE, and the SCC directly applies the configuration of the PCC.
  • the advantage of this method is that it saves signaling overhead, simplifies UE structure and reduces cost.
  • FR2 adopts hybrid beamforming, with this configuration, the PCC and SCC beams adopt the same phase shifter configuration, which may cause the SCC beam to have a certain deflection relative to the PCC, resulting in the so-called "beam squint , performance drops.
  • the beam squint phenomenon may lead to the performance degradation of the beam link when the bandwidth is large or across frequency bands. Therefore, if the beam management results of the PCC are directly applied to the SCC, the beam link between the network and the UE on the SCC may Misalignment, poor performance.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining beam information, which can solve the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint.
  • a method for determining beam information including: the terminal measures the signal quality on at least one first to-be-measured Reference Signal (Reference Signal, RS) resource according to received configuration information, wherein the first An RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object; the terminal reports a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object; the terminal sends a corresponding The sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) of the second object; the terminal receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; the terminal determines the The first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
  • Reference Signal Reference Signal
  • an apparatus for determining beam information including: a first measurement module, configured to measure the signal quality of at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to received configuration information, wherein the The first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object; the reporting module is configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object; the first sending A module, configured to send a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object; a first receiving module, configured to receive the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; a first determining module, configured to The target beam indication signaling determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
  • a method for determining beam information including: a network side device sends configuration information to a terminal, wherein the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for a first object; the network side device receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object; the network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object; the network The side device sends a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable the terminal to determine the First target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  • an apparatus for determining beam information including: a second sending module, configured to send configuration information to a terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for a first object; the second A receiving module, configured to receive the beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object; a second measuring module, configured to measure the position of the terminal on the second object The SRS sent on the above; a third sending module, configured to send a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, wherein the first target beam indication The signaling is used to enable the terminal to determine first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  • a terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor.
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor The steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized.
  • a sixth aspect provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a network side device.
  • a network-side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method described in the third aspect when executing.
  • An eighth aspect provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a terminal.
  • a readable storage medium is provided, and programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium, and when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or The steps of the method described in the third aspect.
  • a chip in a tenth aspect, includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method as described in the first aspect steps, or to achieve the steps of the method as described in the third aspect.
  • a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the first The steps of the method described in the first aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect.
  • the terminal after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can measure the SRS , and further according to the result of SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal, a beam indication signal for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object is sent to the terminal order, so that the beam links of the terminal and the network side device on the first object and the second object can be aligned, and the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint is avoided.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 3 shows another schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 shows another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first, second and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and “second” distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects.
  • “and/or” in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character “/” generally means that the related objects are an "or” relationship.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-Advanced LTE-Advanced
  • LTE-A Long Term Evolution-Advanced
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • TDMA Time Division Multiple Access
  • FDMA Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • OFDMA Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • SC-FDMA Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access
  • system and “network” in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technologies can be used for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies as well as other systems and radio technologies.
  • NR New Radio
  • the following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
  • 6G 6th Generation
  • Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable.
  • the wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 .
  • the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, earphones, glasses, etc.
  • the network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, where a base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access point, a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) ) access point, wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) node, transmitting and receiving point (Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to Specific technical terms, it should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the
  • the beam information mentioned may also be referred to as: beam information, spatial relation information, spatial domain transmission filter information, spatial domain Receive filter (spatial domain reception filter) information, spatial domain filter (spatial filter) information, transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) state (state) information, quasi co-location (Quasi co-location, QCL) information or QCL parameters etc.
  • the downlink beam information can usually be represented by TCI state information or QCL information.
  • Uplink beam information can usually be represented by TCI state information, QCL information or spatial relation information.
  • the mentioned antenna panel can also be referred to as: antenna group, antenna port group, antenna set, antenna port set, beam set, beam sub-set, antenna array, antenna port array, antenna sub-array, antenna port sub-array, Logical entity, entity or antenna entity, etc.
  • the identifier of the antenna panel may include, but not limited to: the identifier of the antenna panel, the identifier of the reference signal resource, the identifier of the reference signal resource set, the identifier of the TCI state, the identifier of the QCL information, the identifier of the spatial relationship, and the like.
  • FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information in an embodiment of the present application, and the method 200 may be executed by a terminal.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal.
  • the method may include the following steps.
  • the terminal measures signal quality on at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object.
  • the network side device when performing beam measurement, configures beam report configuration information for the terminal, and the configuration information is associated with a reference signal resource setting (RS resource setting), which contains at least one reference signal resource set (RS resource set), including at least one RS resource in each set, such as synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block (or synchronization signal block) (Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block, SSB) resource (resource) or channel state information reference Signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resource (resource).
  • RS resource setting which contains at least one reference signal resource set (RS resource set), including at least one RS resource in each set, such as synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block (or synchronization signal block) (Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block, SSB) resource (resource) or channel state information reference Signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resource (resource).
  • RS resource setting which contains at least one reference signal resource set (RS resource set), including at least one RS resource
  • the terminal measures the layer 1 reference signal received power (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP) and/or layer 1 signal and interference plus noise ratio (Signal-to-noise and Interference Ratio, SINR) of each RS resource, and uses the optimal At least one measurement result is reported to the network, and the reported content includes SSB Resource Indicator (SSB Resource Indicator, SSBRI) or CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CSI-RS Resource Indicator, CRI), and L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR.
  • SSB Resource Indicator SSB Resource Indicator
  • CSI-RS Resource Indicator CRI
  • L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR.
  • the configuration information of the beam report it may be indicated whether the report is a packet-based beam report.
  • the UE will report at least one optimal beam and its quality for the network side to determine the beam used to send channels or signals to the UE. If it is a group based beam report, the UE will report a pair of beams and their quality. When the network side uses this pair of beams to send information to the UE, the UE can receive it at the same time.
  • the network side device may include the first RS resource to be measured in the configuration information, and the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object.
  • the configuration information received by the terminal may include CSI report configuration information, for example, CSI-ReportConfig, and the CSI report configuration information includes the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object.
  • the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object may include one of the following:
  • the corresponding relationship between the first object and the first RS resource to be measured may be determined in the following manner:
  • the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first RS resource set to be measured (set), or the first RS resource group to be measured add the number or ID of the first object,
  • the reference signal resource setting (setting), or the RS resource set included in the RS resource setting, or the RS resource in the RS resource set, or the description information of the RS resource group includes the number or ID of the first object, so as to
  • the RS resource setting, RS resource set, RS resource group or RS resource corresponds to the first object;
  • the corresponding first RS resource to be measured is configured in the configuration information of the first object, which may be one or more RS resources, or an RS resource setting, which indicates that all RS resources in the RS resource setting are corresponding to Alternatively, the first object may also be one or more RS resource sets or RS resource groups.
  • the configuration information of the above CSI report includes the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first set of RS resources to be measured (set), or the first RS resource group to be measured and the first RS resource to be measured An association relationship or mapping relationship of an object number or ID.
  • the network side device indicates the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first RS resource set to be measured (set), or the relationship between the first RS resource group to be measured and the first object through signaling.
  • the association relationship or mapping relationship of numbers or identifiers for example, the network side device indicates the association relationship or mapping relationship through a medium access control layer (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) or DCI relation.
  • MAC Medium Access Control
  • CE Control Element
  • the first object includes but not limited to one of the following: (1) cell (cell); (2) bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP); (3) sub-band (sub-band); (4) frequency band (band ); (5) Transmission Reception Point (TRP); (6) Terminal Panel (UE panel); (7) Carrier.
  • a first object may be a cell, BWP, subband, frequency band, TRP, carrier or UE panel, or a combination thereof.
  • the terminal reports a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object.
  • the terminal may send a beam report according to the configuration information received above.
  • the first beam information corresponding to the first object determined by the UE may be included in the beam report.
  • the first beam information may include index information of one of the at least one RS resources to be measured, for example, SSBRI or CRI, etc., and/or may also include one of the RS resources to be measured Quality information of RS resources, for example, L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR.
  • the beam report may include a correspondence between index information of an RS resource to be measured and quality information measured on the RS resource.
  • the terminal sends an SRS corresponding to the second object.
  • the terminal sends the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can measure the SRS to determine the target beam information on the second object.
  • the second object may include but not limited to one of the following: (1) cell (cell); (2) bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP); (3) subband (sub-band); (4) frequency band (band); (5) transmission and reception point (Transmission Reception Point, TRP); (6) terminal panel (UE panel); (7) carrier.
  • the first object may be the first cell, and the second object may be the second cell, or the first object may be the first carrier, and the second object may be the second carrier, and so on.
  • the terminal may send the SRS on the second object according to the SRS resource information configured by the network side device.
  • the terminal may determine the second beam information used to send the SRS on the second object according to the first beam information corresponding to the first object determined in step S212, and then use the second beam information , sending the SRS on the second object.
  • the terminal After the terminal measures each CSI-RS resource in the CSI-RS resource on band1, and includes CRI1 in the sent beam report, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, it can be determined according to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1 Send the second beam information used by the SRS on band2.
  • the Rx beam when measuring CSI-RS resource1 and the Tx beam used to send SRS on band2 can have beam consistency (that is, the direction of Rx beam is the direction of Tx beam), for example, the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1
  • the beam is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, or there is no beam consistency, and the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is adjusted to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, such as the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1.
  • the beam in the adjacent direction is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
  • the terminal may also determine the second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the first target beam information. For example, after receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, the network side device may select one of the first beam information as the first target beam information to indicate to the terminal, and the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the first target beam information indicated by the network side device Second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object.
  • the beam report of band1 includes CRI1 and CRI2, that is, the measurement results of CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2, and the source RS in the first target beam information indicated by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, then the terminal According to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1, determine the beam information used to send SRS on band2, for example, use the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam used to send SRS on band2, or according to the Rx of CSI-RS resource1 The beam is adjusted to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, for example, the beam in the direction adjacent to the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
  • the network side device may indicate the beam information of the SRS resource in the configured SRS resource information, that is, indicate the beam information of the SRS resource on the second object, and the terminal uses the beam information on the second object Send SRS on.
  • the network side device may indicate to the terminal the beam information of the SRS resource of the second object according to the first beam information in the beam report.
  • the beam report of band1 includes CRI1, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, and the network side device indicates the beam information for the SRS resource of band2 according to the measurement result.
  • the UE can determine the Tx beam of the SRS resource according to the beam information indicated by the network side device for the SRS resource on band2, and the Tx beam can have beam consistency with the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1, or the Tx beam is located in the - Rx beam adjacent direction of RS resource1.
  • the SRS may be sent on multiple SRS resources by using the second beam information.
  • the second beam information may include multiple beam information, and the beam information used to send SRS on different SRS resources may be the same or may not be completely the same.
  • the terminal The beam information used to send SRS on the three SRS resources can be completely different, or the same beam information can be used to send SRS on two of the SRS resources, and the SRS can be sent on another SRS resource using another beam information, Alternatively, the same beam information may also be used on the three SRS resources to send the SRS.
  • the terminal may also determine the fourth beam information used to send the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information of the first SRS resource corresponding to the first object, and then use the fourth beam information , sending an SRS on the second object.
  • the third beam information may be determined in at least one of the following manners:
  • the terminal may determine the third beam information of the first SRS resource according to at least one first RS resource to be measured in the beam report corresponding to the first object, and then determine the fourth beam used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information. beam information.
  • the terminal After the terminal measures each CSI-RS resource in the CSI-RS resource on band1, and includes CRI1 in the sent beam report, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, it first determines the first SRS resource on band1 , the beam information of the first SRS resource (that is, the third beam information) is determined according to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1, for example, the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is used as the Tx beam of the first SRS resource, or the CSI -RS resource1 is used as the source (source) RS of the beam information of the first SRS resource.
  • determine the beam information used to send SRS on band2 according to the beam information of the first SRS resource for example, use the Tx beam of the first SRS resource as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, or, according to the Tx beam of the first SRS resource Make adjustments to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, for example, use the beam in the direction adjacent to the Tx beam of the first SRS resource as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
  • the network side device may select one of the first beam information as the first target beam information to indicate to the terminal, and the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the first target beam information indicated by the network side device The third beam information of the first SRS resource, and then determine the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information.
  • the beam report of band1 includes CRI1 and CRI2, that is, the measurement results of CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2, and the source RS in the first target beam information indicated by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, then the terminal First determine the first SRS resource on band1 according to CSI-RS resource1, for example, use the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam of the first SRS resource (that is, the third beam information), or use CSI-RS resource1 as the first SRS resource A source (source) RS of the beam information of the SRS resource. Then determine the beam information used for sending the SRS on band2 according to the beam information of the first SRS resource.
  • the terminal uses the beam information of the first SRS resource indicated by the network side device as the third beam information, and then determines the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information.
  • the network side device may indicate the beam information of the first SRS resource in the configuration information of the first SRS resource of the first object.
  • the terminal can determine the Tx beam used to send the SRS on the second object according to the beam information of the first SRS resource, for example, send the SRS on the second object
  • the Tx beam used is also beam1, or, the Tx beam used for sending the SRS on the second object is beam2 obtained by adjusting beam1.
  • the terminal may also combine two or three of the above three items to determine the first beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object. No more details.
  • the method may further include: the terminal sending a notification message, the notification message indicating that the terminal is currently using CBM mode; and/or, the terminal receives first indication information from the network side device, where the first indication information indicates that the terminal uses the CBM mode.
  • the terminal receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the network side device After measuring the SRS signal on the SRS resource on the second object, the network side device can determine the beam information of the network side device on the second object, so as to instruct the terminal through the first target beam indication signaling.
  • the terminal indicates the first target beam, and determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
  • the terminal after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can monitor the The SRS is measured, and further according to the result of the SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal, the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object are determined, so that the terminal and The beam links of the network-side equipment on the first object and the second object can be aligned, especially for CBM mode terminals, which can avoid the so-called "beam squint" due to the fact that the beam pointing of the SCC is skewed relative to the PCC. ” problems, improving communication performance.
  • the first target beam instruction may carry the first target beam information of the first object without carrying the second target beam information of the second object.
  • the terminal determines The target beam information of the first object is the first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and then, the terminal may determine the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information. Two target beam information.
  • the terminal determining the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information includes: the terminal acquiring third target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information , wherein the third target beam information is the beam information used to send the SRS determined according to the first target beam information; the terminal determines the second target beam according to the third target beam information information.
  • the terminal may determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information in a corresponding manner of determining the second beam information or the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS in S214.
  • the beam information used by the terminal to send the SRS is the second beam information obtained according to the first beam information on the first object, or the fourth beam information obtained according to the third beam information of the first SRS on the first object.
  • the network side device After receiving the beam report corresponding to the first object, the network side device indicates the first target beam information, and the first target beam information may be one of the first beam information (ie SSBRI/CRI) reported in the beam report definite.
  • the second target beam information on the second object may be determined according to one of the second beam information or the fourth beam information used when sending the SRS, wherein one of the second beam information or the fourth beam information It is the same as one of the above-mentioned first beam information, that is, it may be the beam information used for sending the SRS determined according to one of the above-mentioned first beam information.
  • the terminal includes CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2 in the beam report of band1, the source RS in the TCI state carried in the first target beam indication command sent by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, and the terminal receives the CSI -RS resource1 uses Rx beam1, and if the terminal uses the Rx beam1 of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam1 of the SRS resource of the second object when sending the SRS of the second object, or determines the first SRS resource according to Rx beam1 Tx beam2 of the second object, and then determine the Tx beam1 of the SRS of the second object according to the Tx beam2, then the terminal can determine the second target beam information of the second object according to the beam information used to send the SRS (ie, the third target beam information). For example, it may be determined that the second target beam information is the third target beam information, or beam information obtained after adjusting the third target beam information.
  • the second target beam information of the second object may be directly determined according to the second beam information used for sending the SRS, for example , determining that the second target beam information is the second beam information used for sending the SRS, or the beam information obtained by making certain adjustments to the second beam information used for sending the SRS.
  • the first target beam instruction may carry the second target beam information of the second object without carrying the first target beam information of the first object.
  • the terminal determines that the first target beam The target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and then, the terminal may determine the first target beam of the first object according to the second target beam information information.
  • the terminal includes CSI-RS resource1 in the beam report of band1, and the terminal uses Rx beam1 to receive CSI-RS resource1, and if the terminal sends the SRS of the second object, it determines the second object according to the Rx beam1 of CSI-RS resource1
  • the Tx beam1 of the SRS resource of the second object or determine the Tx beam2 of the first SRS resource according to Rx beam1, and then determine the Tx beam1 of the SRS of the second object according to Tx beam2, where Tx beam1 can be the same as Rx beam1 or Tx beam2
  • the optimal beam information of the SRS of the second object is obtained, and the network side device uses the second target beam to indicate the command
  • the second target beam information may be determined according to the optimal beam information of the SRS of the second object (such as using the QCL source RS of the SRS resource of the optimal measurement result as the source of the
  • the first target beam instruction may carry the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and the terminal determines the target beam information of the first object is the first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and the target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling.
  • the first target beam indication signaling may carry the identifier of the first object and the first target beam information, as well as the identifier of the second object and the second target beam information.
  • the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  • the TCI state or spatial relation information that may be included in the first target beam indication signaling, the TCI state or spatial relation information is from a pool (pool) configured by the network side device, and the pool may only be configured to correspond to the first object.
  • the second object may use the pool configured on the first object; or, the second target beam information of the second object may be the pool configured corresponding to the second object from the network side device.
  • the first target beam information may include identification information of the first target beam, for example, ID or number, etc., such as TCI state ID;
  • the second target beam information may include identification information of the second target beam , such as ID or number, etc., such as TCI state ID.
  • the first target beam indication signaling may be used to indicate or activate the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, for example, instruct the terminal to use
  • the first target beam information is communicated with the network side device
  • the second target beam information is used on the second object to communicate with the network side device.
  • the method may further include the following steps: the terminal updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS to be measured of the first target object A resource, wherein the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  • the terminal may update the beam information of the first object or the RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the first beam information of the first object, and/or update the The beam information of the second object or the RS resources to be measured of the second object are updated.
  • the method further includes: the terminal receives the second target beam sent by the network side device Indication signaling, wherein the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object.
  • the network side device may instruct to update the beam information of the first object and/or the second object, or update the RS resources to be measured of the first object and/or the second object.
  • the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object configured by the network side device includes: CSI-RS resource1, CSI-RS resource2, CSI-RS resource3 and CSI-RS resource4, and the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured, According to the measurement results, two CSI-RS resources with better quality are selected, and CRI1 and CRI2 are reported in the beam report.
  • the corresponding CRI1 and CRI2 are UE Rx beam1 and Rx beam2.
  • the network side device sends the second target according to the beam report Beam indication signaling, the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, for example, the first target beam information is TCI state 1, and the source RS of TCI state 1 is CSI-RS resource1, then
  • the terminal updates the first target beam information of the first object to TCI state1, that is, uses the Rx beam (Rx beam1) of its source RS (CSI-RS resource1) to transmit channels with the network, and can also transmit the first target beam information according to network commands.
  • the RS resource to be measured is updated to the source RS of TCI state 1, that is, CSI-RS resource1, when the terminal performs beam measurement next time, it only needs to measure the corresponding first object CSI-RS resource1, thereby saving measurement resources.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling and the above-mentioned first target beam indicating signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the beam indicating signaling is used to indicate, activate and update beam information, or they may not be the same
  • One signaling is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may carry the first target beam information of the first object without carrying the second target beam information of the second object, in this case , the terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to correspond to the first target beam information RS resources. Or, the terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the corresponding to the first target beam information.
  • the terminal may acquire first target beam information according to the first target beam indication signaling, and then determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information.
  • the second target beam information may be beam information used for sending the SRS determined according to the first target beam information.
  • the corresponding relationship may be indicated by the network side device, or may also be stipulated in the protocol, for example, the protocol agreement or the network side device
  • the offset information between the first target beam information and the second target beam information is configured, and the terminal can determine the corresponding second target beam information according to the first target beam information.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may also carry the second target beam information of the second object without carrying the first target beam information of the first object.
  • the terminal may update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or update the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the information corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • RS resources may be updated.
  • the terminal may update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or update the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the information corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam information is determined according to the optimal beam information of the SRS resource on the second object, and then the first target beam information is determined according to the second target beam information, or the first target beam information and the second
  • the network-side device may also be stipulated in the protocol, for example, the protocol stipulates or the network-side device configures the first target beam information and the second target beam information.
  • the terminal may determine corresponding first target beam information according to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may carry the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, in this case, The terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the indication of the second target beam indication signaling is the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to be the same as the RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may carry the correspondence between the identification information of the first target beam and the identification information of the first object, and the correspondence between the identification information of the second target beam and the identification information of the second object.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may not carry the identification information of the first object and the identification information of the second object, but carry the second object in a preset order or at a preset position according to the agreement or the configuration of the network side device.
  • Target beam information and second target beam information indicating that the first target beam information corresponds to the first object, and the second target beam information corresponds to the second object.
  • the carrying the first target beam information of the first object in the second target beam indicating signaling may include: carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group in the second target beam indicating signaling.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object may include: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  • updating the beam information of the first target object through the second target beam indication signaling or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state.
  • the first TCI state is the TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device last time, that is, the currently used TCI state, or the first TCI state is the TCI state of the network side
  • the TCI state of the first target object that was last activated by the device that is, the TCI state of the current active state.
  • the network side device may carry an identifier of the target TCI state in the second target beam indication signaling.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource.
  • the network side device may update the RS resource of QCL type D (QCL-TypeD) in the first TCI state to the first target RS resource through the second target beam indication signaling.
  • QCL-TypeD QCL type D
  • the network side device updates the QCL-TypeD source RS resource in the first TCI state through the MAC CE command.
  • the first TCI state may be the last TCI state indicated by the network side device in the beam indication signaling, or the last TCI state activated by the network side device, or, the network side device uses the beam indication signaling or activation command to The UE indicates the updated TCI state.
  • the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information .
  • the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the RS resource of QCL-TypeD indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to correspond to The RS resources of the first target beam information and the RS resources of the QCL-TypeD of the first TCI state of the second object are updated to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the terminal may update the first component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the first object The beam information of each component carrier in .
  • the terminal updates the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the second object.
  • the network side device may be configured with at least one group of component carriers (Component carriers, CCs), and each group of CCs may correspond to different objects, for example, different bands.
  • the target beam information indicated by the second target beam indication signaling (the first target beam information or the second target beam information) is used to simultaneously update the beam information of all CCs and all BWPs in a group of CCs.
  • multiple groups of CCs may be associated.
  • the target beam information (first target beam information or second target beam information) indicated by the second target beam indication signaling is used to determine the The beam information or RS resources of each group of CCs in the object, for example, QCL-TypeD RS resources are the source RS resources of QCL-TypeD, that is, the QCL-TypeD RS resources between groups are different, and the QCL of each CC in the group -TypeD RS resources can be the same RS resource or different RS resources.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may indicate TCI states of different objects, wherein each TCI state is used to determine beam information of multiple channels or RSs on at least one CC on each object.
  • the method may also include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition, send a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification indicates the first object It is an activation state or a use state; for example, when the L1-RSRP on at least one first RS resource to be measured reaches a preset first threshold, the terminal may activate or use the first object, and send a first notification to the network side device, Wherein, the first notification may or may not be carried in the above-mentioned beam report.
  • the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object.
  • the terminal can activate or use the first object.
  • the terminal can activate or use the first object, and send a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification can be carried in the beam report, for example, the terminal can select the signal quality in the beam report to meet the second preset condition Report the first beam information.
  • the terminal may specifically send the first notification to the network side device.
  • the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object.
  • the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object, and send a third notification to the network side device.
  • the terminal When the performance of transmitting the channel or reference signal using the first target beam information satisfies the third preset condition, the terminal activates or uses the first object, wherein the first target beam information is network Beam information of the first object indicated or activated by the side device.
  • the terminal When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a third preset condition, the terminal sends the first notification;
  • the terminal When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, the terminal sends a seventh notification to the network side device, where the seventh notification indicates that the The performance of the terminal when using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal meets a third preset condition;
  • the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object
  • the terminal sends the third notification
  • the terminal sends an eighth notification to the network side device, wherein the eighth notification indicates The performance of the terminal when using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
  • the terminal activates or uses the first object according to the first signaling sent by the network side device;
  • the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object according to the second signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the method may also include at least one of the following:
  • the terminal activates or uses the second object, wherein the second target beam information is network
  • the beam information of the second object indicated or activated by the side device for example, the second target beam information of the second object carried in the above-mentioned first target beam indication signaling; or, the second target beam information is based on the network side device
  • the beam information of the second object determined by the first target beam information of the indicated or activated first object for example, the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and the terminal according to the first target beam information , the second target beam information of the second object may be determined.
  • the terminal When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal meets the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends a ninth notification to the network side device, where the ninth notification indicates that the The second object is in an active state or in use state. For example, the terminal activates or uses the second object, and sends a ninth notification to the network side device when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition.
  • the terminal When the performance of the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends a tenth notification to the network side device, wherein the tenth notification indicates that the The performance of the terminal when using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition.
  • the terminal deactivates or does not use the second object.
  • the terminal sends an eleventh notification to the network side device, wherein the eleventh notification The notification indicates that the second object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state.
  • the terminal sends a twelfth notification to the network side device, wherein the twelfth The notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition.
  • the terminal activates or uses the second object according to the third signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the terminal deactivates or does not use the second object according to the fourth signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the first object is band1 and panel1
  • the second object is band2 and panel2, that is, the two panels of the UE support different bands respectively.
  • the UE uses panel1 to measure the CSI-RS resource on band1, and uses panel2 to measure the SRS resource on band2 to send SRS.
  • the UE reports the measurement results in the beam report, that is, the CRI and L1-RSRP corresponding to band1.
  • the UE can judge whether to activate or use the panel where the band1 is located according to the L1-RSRP value corresponding to the band1.
  • the UE may also determine whether to activate or use the panel where the band2 is located according to the quality of the second target beam information of the second object indicated by the network during the transmission channel.
  • the terminal after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can monitor the The SRS performs measurement, and further sends to the terminal a message for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object according to the result of the SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal.
  • Beam indication signaling so that the beam links of the terminal and the network side equipment on the first object and the second object can be aligned, avoiding the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint .
  • FIG. 3 shows another schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method 300 may be executed by a network side device.
  • the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network side device.
  • the method may include the following steps.
  • the network side device sends configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object.
  • Method 300 is an embodiment of the network-side device corresponding to method 200, and has an implementation manner corresponding to method 200. In the embodiment of this application, only part of the implementation manners will be described. For other unfinished matters, please refer to the above-mentioned method 200. in the description.
  • the network side device receives a beam report reported by the terminal, where the beam report carries first beam information of the first object.
  • the beam report is the same as the beam report in the above-mentioned method 200 , for details, please refer to the description in the method 200 .
  • the network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object.
  • the network side device sends a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  • the network side device can measure the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object according to the beam report reported by the terminal after measuring the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object , sending to the terminal beam indication signaling for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, so that the terminal and the network side device on the first object and on the second object
  • the beam links can all be aligned, avoiding the problem of misalignment of the beam links between the network and the UE due to beam squint.
  • the network side device sends the first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, which may include: the network side device Based on at least one of the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, determine the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object; and/or, the network side The device determines the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object and the second target used by the terminal on the second object based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS beam information.
  • the network side device can determine the first target beam information on the first object according to the L1-RSRP value of each first RS resource to be measured in the beam report, and determine the second object according to the result obtained by measuring the SRS The second target beam information on .
  • the first target beam information on the first object and the second target beam information on the second object may also be determined in combination with the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS.
  • UE measures a CSI-RS resource in a CSI-RS resource set on band1, selects two CSI-RS resources with better quality according to the measurement result, and reports CRI1 and CRI2 (CSI-RS resource indicator), and the respective L1-RSRP of the two CRIs.
  • CRI1 and CRI2 are UE Rx beam1 and Rx beam2.
  • the best signal quality is CRI1, which corresponds to DL Rx beam1 of UE.
  • the network-side device uses multiple UL Rx beams to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object.
  • the UE sends SRS using UL Tx beam1, and the network-side device determines the optimal UL Rx beam as UL Rx beam2 according to the measurement results. . Then the network side device can determine that the source RS in the first target beam information of the first object is CSI-RS resource1, the UE side corresponds to UE Rx beam1, the network side device corresponds to DL Tx beam1, and the second target beam information is UE side UL Tx beam1 used to send SRS, or DL Rx beam2 corresponding to UL Rx beam2, and DL Tx beam2 corresponding to UL Rx beam2 on the network side device.
  • the source RS in the first target beam information of the first object is CSI-RS resource1
  • the UE side corresponds to UE Rx beam1
  • the network side device corresponds to DL Tx beam1
  • the second target beam information is UE side UL Tx beam1 used to send SRS, or DL Rx beam2 corresponding to UL Rx beam2, and
  • the network side device when the network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object, the network side device may use a first receiving beam on each SRS resource configured for the second object The SRS is received and measured. For example, the network side device uses one UL Rx beam to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object, and determine a better SRS resource, and determine the second target beam information on the second object according to the beam information of the SRS resource. For example, the beam information of the SRS resource is the second target beam information on the second object.
  • the network side device may also respectively use multiple second receiving beams to receive and measure the SRS.
  • the network uses multiple UL Rx beams to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object, and determines a better UL Rx beam according to the measurement results, and then determines the DL Tx beam on the second object.
  • the second The Rx beam on the UE side of the second target beam information on the object may be the same as the Rx beam on the UE side of the first target beam information.
  • the first target beam indication signaling may be beam indication signaling or beam activation signaling, that is, the first target beam indication signaling is used to indicate or activate the first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  • the first target beam information is carried in the first beam indication signaling.
  • the terminal may determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information. For details, refer to related descriptions in the foregoing method 200 .
  • the second target beam information is carried in the first beam indication signaling.
  • the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the second target beam information. For details, refer to related descriptions in the above-mentioned method 200 .
  • the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information and the second target beam information.
  • the terminal determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target of the second object according to the first target beam information and the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling beam information.
  • the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  • the first target beam information may include identification information of the first target beam, for example, ID or serial number, etc., such as TCI state ID.
  • the second target beam information may include identification information of the second target beam, for example, ID or serial number. For example, TCI state ID.
  • the method further includes: the network side device updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the first target object An RS resource of an object to be measured, wherein the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  • the network-side device and the terminal may respectively automatically update the beam information of the first target object or the RS resource to be measured of the first target object.
  • the network side device may update the beam information of the first object or the first RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the first beam information of the first object included in the beam report sent by the UE; and/or, according to the measured first
  • the SRS on the second object updates the beam information of the second object or the second RS resource to be measured of the second object.
  • the network side device may also instruct the terminal to update, therefore, after the network side device updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, the method further includes : the network side device sends a second target beam indication signaling to the terminal, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or update the to-be-measured of the first target object RS resources.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, including one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or to update the first target beam information of the first object updating the RS resource to be measured to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or to update the first target beam information of the first object to updating the measurement RS resources to RS resources corresponding to the first target beam information; and instructing the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to second target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information, or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication information carries the second target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information of the second object updating the RS resource to be measured to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication information carries the second target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information of the second object updating the RS resources to be measured to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information; and instructing the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to first target beam information corresponding to the second target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first component carrier A first common TCI state of the group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object may include: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, Wherein, the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indicating signaling carries The first common TCI status of the first component carrier group and the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes The second component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
  • the first TCI state is the TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device last time, that is, the currently used TCI state, or the first TCI state is the TCI state of the network side
  • the TCI state of the first target object that was last activated by the device that is, the TCI state of the current active state.
  • the network side device may update the RS resource of QCL type D (QCL-TypeD) in the first TCI state to the first target RS resource through the second target beam indication signaling.
  • QCL-TypeD QCL type D
  • the network side device updates the QCL-TypeD source RS resource in the first TCI state through the MAC CE command.
  • the first TCI state may be the last TCI state indicated by the network side device in the beam indication signaling, or the last TCI state activated by the network side device, or, the network side device uses the beam indication signaling or activation command to The UE indicates the updated TCI state.
  • the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information .
  • the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the RS resource of QCL-TypeD indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to correspond to The RS resources of the first target beam information and the RS resources of the QCL-TypeD of the first TCI state of the second object are updated to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the method may further include: when the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, the network side device updates the first target beam based on the first object information to update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group; and/or in the case that the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group, the network side device based on the second The updated second target beam information is used to update the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group.
  • the network side device may be configured with at least one group of component carriers (Component carriers, CCs), and each group of CCs may correspond to different objects, for example, different bands.
  • the target beam information indicated by the second target beam indication signaling (the first target beam information or the second target beam information) is used to simultaneously update the beam information of all CCs and all BWPs in a group of CCs.
  • multiple groups of CCs may be associated.
  • the target beam information (first target beam information or second target beam information) indicated by the second target beam indication signaling is used to determine the The beam information or RS resources of each group of CCs in the object, for example, QCL-TypeD RS resources, that is, the QCL-TypeD RS resources between groups are different, and the QCL-TypeD RS resources of each CC in the group can be the same RS resource or is not the same as the RS resource.
  • the second target beam indication signaling may indicate TCI states of different objects, wherein each TCI state is used to determine beam information of multiple channels or RSs on at least one CC on each object.
  • the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following:
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • sub-band sub-band
  • band frequency band
  • TRP Transmit Receive Point
  • the method also includes at least one of the following:
  • the network side device When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, activate or use the first object; it should be noted that the activation or use of the first object by the network side device refers to The network signaling is used to notify the UE to activate or use a certain object, rather than the network side device itself to activate or use a certain object.
  • the network side device may report the beam according to the terminal report and/or at least one notification , to determine whether to activate or use the first object. For example, when the first beam information in the beam report satisfies a preset condition, if at least one L1-RSRP in the beam report reaches a preset first threshold, the first object is activated or used. Alternatively, when the first beam information of the first object is included in the beam report reported by the terminal, the first object is activated or used without a determination condition.
  • the network side device may determine to deactivate or not use the first object according to the beam report reported by the terminal and/or the at least one notification above. For example, when the first beam information in the beam report does not meet the preset condition, if any L1-RSRP in the beam report does not reach the preset first threshold, the first object is deactivated or not used.
  • the method further includes at least one of the following:
  • the network side device may activate or use the second object when the L1-RSRP of the SRS reaches a preset threshold.
  • the first object is band1 and panel1
  • the second object is band2 and panel2, that is, the two panels of the UE support different bands respectively.
  • the UE uses panel1 to measure the CSI-RS resource on band1, and uses panel2 to send SRS on the SRS resource on band2.
  • the UE reports the measurement results in the beam report, that is, the CRI and L1-RSRP corresponding to band1.
  • the network side device can judge whether to activate or use the panel where each band is located according to the L1-RSRP value corresponding to band1 and the L1-RSRP value of the SRS on band2.
  • the network-side device sends signaling to the UE, notifying the UE to activate or use the corresponding band and panel to send and receive channels or reference signals.
  • the beam information determining method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by the beam information determining device, or a control module in the beam information determining device for executing the beam information determining method.
  • the method for determining the beam information performed by the apparatus for determining beam information is taken as an example to illustrate the apparatus for determining beam information provided in the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 400 mainly includes: a first measurement module 401, a reporting module 402, a first sending module 403, a first A receiving module 404 and a first determining module 405 .
  • the first measurement module 401 is configured to measure the signal quality on at least one first RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, wherein the first RS resource to be measured is related to the first object Corresponding; the reporting module 402, configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, wherein the beam report includes the first beam information of the first object; the first sending module 403, configured to send the corresponding second The SRS of the object, so that the network side device measures the SRS; the first receiving module 404 is used to receive the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; the first determination module 405 is used to The first target beam indication signaling is used to determine the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
  • the first sending module 403 sends the Sounding Reference Signal SRS corresponding to the second object, including:
  • the first sending module 403 sending the SRS on the second object includes:
  • the second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object determines the second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object ;
  • the first sending module 403 uses the second beam information to send the SRS on the second object, including:
  • the second beam information includes multiple beam information, and the beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is not completely the same.
  • beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is the same.
  • the first sending module 403 sends the SRS corresponding to the second object, including:
  • the manner of determining the third beam information includes at least one of the following:
  • the first sending module 403 is further configured to send a notification message before sending the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, where the notification message indicates that the terminal is currently using a common beam management CBM mode; and/or,
  • the first receiving module 404 is further configured to receive first indication information of the network side device before the first sending module 403 sends the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, wherein the first indication information Instruct the terminal to use the CBM mode.
  • the first determining module 405 determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling , including one of the following:
  • the first target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object
  • determine that the target beam information of the first object is the information carried in the first target beam indicating signaling first target beam information, and determine second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information
  • the first target beam indicating signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, determining that the target beam information of the second object is the information carried in the first target beam indicating signaling second target beam information, and determine first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information;
  • the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, determine that the target beam information of the first object is the The first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and the second target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling.
  • the first determining module 405 determines the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, including:
  • the third target beam information is the beam information used to send the SRS determined according to the first target beam information
  • the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  • the apparatus further includes a first updating module, configured to update beam information of a first target object or update RS resources to be measured of the first target object, wherein the first target object Including: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  • a first updating module configured to update beam information of a first target object or update RS resources to be measured of the first target object, wherein the first target object Including: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  • the first receiving module 404 is further configured to: receive the second target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the first target object or update the RS resources to be measured of the first target object.
  • the first updating module updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resources to be measured of the first target object according to the second target beam indication signaling, including: one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first target beam information
  • the first RS resource to be measured of the object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates the first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first target beam information updating the first RS resource to be measured of the object to an RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and determining second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, and converting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or update the second target beam information
  • the second RS resource to be measured of the object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object
  • determining the first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information and setting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of an object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, according to the indication of the second target beam indicating signaling , updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resources to be measured of the second object to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group.
  • a common TCI state wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group; or, the second target beam indication signaling carries second target beam information of the second object, including: the The second target beam indication signaling carries the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, where the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or, the second target beam indication signaling carries The first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object include: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first common TCI state and the second The second common TCI status of the component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
  • the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device.
  • the TCI state of the first target object is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device.
  • the first update module is also used for:
  • the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group
  • the first object based on the updated beam information of the first object, update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group;
  • the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group is updated.
  • the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a carrier; a bandwidth part (BWP); a sub-band (sub-band); a frequency band (band); Receive Point (TRP); terminal panel.
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • sub-band sub-band
  • TRP Receive Point
  • the device further includes: a first execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object
  • the first object is deactivated or not used according to the second signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the device further includes: a second execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the second object is deactivated or not used according to the fourth signaling sent by the network side device.
  • the apparatus for determining beam information in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal.
  • the device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal.
  • the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus for determining beam information in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus with an operating system.
  • the operating system may be an Android (Android) operating system, an ios operating system, or other possible operating systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus for determining beam information provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize various processes implemented by the terminal in the method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 3 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • Fig. 5 shows another schematic structural diagram of the device for determining beam information provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the device 500 mainly includes: a second sending module 501, a second receiving module 502, and a second measuring module 503 and a third sending module 504.
  • the second sending module 501 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal, wherein the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object;
  • the second receiving module 502 is configured to receive the The beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object;
  • the second measurement module 503 is configured to measure the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object;
  • the third The sending module 504 is configured to send a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to make the The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  • the third sending module 504 sends the first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, including:
  • the second measurement module 503 measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object, including:
  • the network side device uses a first receiving beam to receive and measure the SRS; or,
  • the network-side device measuring the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object includes: on each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network-side device respectively uses a plurality of second receive beams to pair the The above SRS is received and measured.
  • the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information and/or the second target beam information.
  • the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  • the apparatus further includes: a second update module, configured to update beam information of the first target object or update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, wherein the first target object
  • the objects include: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  • the third sending module 504 is further configured to send second target beam indication signaling to the terminal, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, including one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or to update the beam information of the first object to
  • the first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or to update the beam information of the first object to
  • the first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and the beam information of the second object is updated to the second target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information or the The second RS resource to be measured of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information.
  • the second to-be-measured RS resource of the two objects is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal according to the indication of the second target beam indication signaling , updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resources to be measured of the second object to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or,
  • the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state
  • the second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
  • the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device.
  • the TCI state of the first target object is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device.
  • the second update module is also used for:
  • the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, based on the updated first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group; and / or
  • the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group
  • the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a bandwidth part; a subband; a frequency band; a sending and receiving point;
  • the device further includes a third execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the device further includes a third execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
  • the apparatus for determining beam information provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize various processes implemented by the network side equipment in the method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 3 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • this embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 600, including a processor 601, a memory 602, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 602 and operable on the processor 601,
  • a communication device 600 including a processor 601, a memory 602, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 602 and operable on the processor 601
  • the communication device 600 is a terminal
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 601
  • each process of the embodiment of the beam information determining method 200 described above can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved.
  • the communication device 600 is a network-side device
  • the program or instruction is executed by the processor 601
  • each process of the above-mentioned method for determining beam information 300 can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here. .
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is used to implement the various processes of the embodiment of the beam information determining method 200, and the communication interface is used to communicate with the network side device.
  • This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal 700 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 701, a network module 702, an audio output unit 703, an input unit 704, a sensor 705, a display unit 706, a user input unit 707, an interface unit 708, a memory 709, and a processor 710, etc. .
  • the terminal 700 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 710 through the power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions.
  • a power supply such as a battery
  • the terminal structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
  • the input unit 704 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 7041 and a microphone 7042, and the graphics processor 7041 is used for the image capture device (such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing.
  • the display unit 706 may include a display panel 7061, and the display panel 7061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like.
  • the user input unit 707 includes a touch panel 7071 and other input devices 7072 .
  • the touch panel 7071 is also called a touch screen.
  • the touch panel 7071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller.
  • Other input devices 7072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
  • the radio frequency unit 701 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 710; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device.
  • the radio frequency unit 701 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
  • the memory 709 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data.
  • the memory 709 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like.
  • the memory 709 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-transitory memory, wherein the non-transitory memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • ROM Read-Only Memory
  • PROM programmable read-only memory
  • PROM erasable programmable read-only memory
  • Erasable PROM Erasable PROM
  • EPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • EEPROM electrically erasable programmable read-only memory
  • flash memory for example at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-transitory solid state storage device.
  • the processor 710 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 710 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface and application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 710 .
  • the processor 710 is configured to measure the signal quality on at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object;
  • the radio frequency unit 701 is configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes the first beam information of the first object; send a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network The side device measures the SRS; receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device;
  • the processor 710 is further configured to determine first target beam information of the first object and second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is used to implement the various processes of the above beam information determining method 300, and the communication interface is used to communicate with the terminal.
  • the network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device.
  • the network device 800 includes: an antenna 801 , a radio frequency device 802 , and a baseband device 803 .
  • the antenna 801 is connected to the radio frequency device 802 .
  • the radio frequency device 802 receives information through the antenna 801, and sends the received information to the baseband device 803 for processing.
  • the baseband device 803 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 802
  • the radio frequency device 802 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 801 .
  • the foregoing frequency band processing device may be located in the baseband device 803 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband device 803 , and the baseband device 803 includes a processor 804 and a memory 805 .
  • the baseband device 803 may include at least one baseband board, for example, a plurality of chips are arranged on the baseband board, as shown in FIG.
  • the baseband device 803 may further include a network interface 806 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 802, and the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI for short).
  • CPRI common public radio interface
  • the network-side device in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 805 and operable on the processor 804, and the processor 804 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 805 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 5 To avoid duplication, the method of implementation and to achieve the same technical effect will not be repeated here.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, each process of the above-mentioned beam information determination method embodiment is implemented, and can To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, no more details are given here.
  • the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiments.
  • the readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
  • the embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method for determining beam information described above
  • the chip includes a processor and a communication interface
  • the communication interface is coupled to the processor
  • the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method for determining beam information described above
  • the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
  • the embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to realize the above-mentioned beam information
  • the embodiment of the determination method can achieve the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
  • the term “comprising”, “comprising” or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase “comprising a " does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element.
  • the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
  • the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products, which are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, etc.) , CD-ROM), including several instructions to make a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to the technical field of wireless communication, and discloses a beam information determination method, a terminal, and a network side device. The beam information determination method in embodiments of the present application comprises: the terminal measures, according to received configuration information, the quality of the signal on at least one first RS resource to be measured, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to a first object; the terminal reports, according to the measurement result, a beam report to a network side device, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object; the terminal sends an SRS corresponding to a second object; the terminal receives first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; the terminal determines, according to the first target beam indication signaling, first target beam information of the first object and second target beam information of the second object.

Description

波束信息的确定方法、终端及网络侧设备Method for determining beam information, terminal and network side equipment
交叉引用cross reference
本发明要求在2021年09月15日提交中国专利局、申请号为202111083203.8、发明名称为“波束信息的确定方法、终端及网络侧设备”的中国专利申请的优先权,该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本发明中。The present invention claims the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the China Patent Office on September 15, 2021, with the application number 202111083203.8, and the title of the invention is "Method for Determining Beam Information, Terminal and Network Side Equipment", and the entire content of the application is passed References are incorporated herein.
技术领域technical field
本申请属于无线通信技术领域,具体涉及一种波束信息的确定方法、终端及网络侧设备。The present application belongs to the technical field of wireless communication, and specifically relates to a method for determining beam information, a terminal and a network side device.
背景技术Background technique
当一个频带的带宽较大时,由于不同频率位置的信号传播特性有差异,因此可能出现波束斜视现象。例如,大带宽的频带边缘频点和中心频点在波束方向上存在偏差,当网络根据中心频点做了波束训练并选择了最优波束时,使用该最优波束在全带宽发送信道,则在边缘频点处的波束方向会出现偏差,从而使得波束链路的质量也将恶化。When the bandwidth of a frequency band is large, beam squinting may occur due to differences in signal propagation characteristics at different frequency positions. For example, there is a deviation in the beam direction between the band edge frequency point and the center frequency point of a large bandwidth. When the network performs beam training according to the center frequency point and selects the optimal beam, use the optimal beam to transmit the channel in the full bandwidth, then The beam direction at the edge frequency point will deviate, so that the quality of the beam link will also deteriorate.
在第三代合作伙伴计划(Third Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中引入了独立波束管理(Independent Beam Management,IBM)和公共波束管理(Common Beam Management,CBM)的概念,用于描述频率范围(Frequency Range,FR)2的带间(inter-band)载波聚合(Carrier Aggregation,CA)下两种不同工作方式。In the Third Generation Partnership Project (Third Generation Partnership Project, 3GPP), the concepts of independent beam management (Independent Beam Management, IBM) and common beam management (Common Beam Management, CBM) were introduced to describe the frequency range (Frequency Range , FR) 2 inter-band (inter-band) carrier aggregation (Carrier Aggregation, CA) under two different working modes.
其中,IBM是指用户设备(User Equipment,UE)通过独立的波束管理,主载波(Primary Component Carrier,PCC)和辅载波(Secondary Component Carrier,SCC)可以独立选取最优的波束。这种情况下不同CC可以有相对最 优的收发性能,但缺点在于信令开销较大且UE的架构设计也更复杂。Among them, IBM means that the user equipment (User Equipment, UE) can independently select the optimal beam through the independent beam management of the primary carrier (Primary Component Carrier, PCC) and secondary carrier (Secondary Component Carrier, SCC). In this case, different CCs can have relatively optimal transceiving performance, but the disadvantage is that the signaling overhead is relatively large and the architecture design of the UE is also more complicated.
而CBM是指UE只有PCC进行波束管理过程,SCC直接应用PCC的配置。这种方式优点在于节省信令开销,简化UE结构降低成本。但由于FR2采用混合波束赋形,采用这种配置方式,使PCC和SCC的波束采用相同的移相器配置,从而可能导致SCC的波束指向相对于PCC有一定偏斜,产生所谓的“波束斜视”,性能下降。The CBM means that only the PCC performs the beam management process for the UE, and the SCC directly applies the configuration of the PCC. The advantage of this method is that it saves signaling overhead, simplifies UE structure and reduces cost. However, since FR2 adopts hybrid beamforming, with this configuration, the PCC and SCC beams adopt the same phase shifter configuration, which may cause the SCC beam to have a certain deflection relative to the PCC, resulting in the so-called "beam squint , performance drops.
由此可见,波束斜视现象可能导致在大带宽或者跨频带时的波束链路性能下降,因此,如果将PCC的波束管理结果直接应用到SCC,可能使得在SCC上网络与UE之间的波束链路对不准,性能不佳。It can be seen that the beam squint phenomenon may lead to the performance degradation of the beam link when the bandwidth is large or across frequency bands. Therefore, if the beam management results of the PCC are directly applied to the SCC, the beam link between the network and the UE on the SCC may Misalignment, poor performance.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种波束信息的确定方法,能够解决由于波束斜视导致网络与UE之间的波束链路对不准的问题。The embodiment of the present application provides a method for determining beam information, which can solve the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint.
第一方面,提供了一种波束信息的确定方法,包括:终端根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;所述终端根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号(Sounding Reference Signal,SRS);所述终端接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;所述终端根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。In a first aspect, a method for determining beam information is provided, including: the terminal measures the signal quality on at least one first to-be-measured Reference Signal (Reference Signal, RS) resource according to received configuration information, wherein the first An RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object; the terminal reports a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object; the terminal sends a corresponding The sounding reference signal (Sounding Reference Signal, SRS) of the second object; the terminal receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; the terminal determines the The first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
第二方面,提供了一种波束信息的确定装置,包括:第一测量模块,用于根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;上报模块,用于根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;第一发送模块,用于发送对应第二对象的探测 参考信号SRS;第一接收模块,用于接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;第一确定模块,用于根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。In a second aspect, an apparatus for determining beam information is provided, including: a first measurement module, configured to measure the signal quality of at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to received configuration information, wherein the The first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object; the reporting module is configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object; the first sending A module, configured to send a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object; a first receiving module, configured to receive the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; a first determining module, configured to The target beam indication signaling determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
第三方面,提供了一种波束信息的确定方法,包括:网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源;所述网络侧设备接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息;所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS;所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。In a third aspect, a method for determining beam information is provided, including: a network side device sends configuration information to a terminal, wherein the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for a first object; the network side device receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object; the network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object; the network The side device sends a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable the terminal to determine the First target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
第四方面,提供了一种波束信息的确定装置,包括:第二发送模块,用于向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源;第二接收模块,用于接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息;第二测量模块,用于测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS;第三发送模块,用于基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。In a fourth aspect, an apparatus for determining beam information is provided, including: a second sending module, configured to send configuration information to a terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for a first object; the second A receiving module, configured to receive the beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object; a second measuring module, configured to measure the position of the terminal on the second object The SRS sent on the above; a third sending module, configured to send a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, wherein the first target beam indication The signaling is used to enable the terminal to determine first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
第五方面,提供了一种终端,该终端包括处理器、存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤。According to a fifth aspect, a terminal is provided. The terminal includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor. When the program or instruction is executed by the processor The steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized.
第六方面,提供了一种终端,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,所述通信接口用于与网络侧设备进行通信。A sixth aspect provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method described in the first aspect, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a network side device.
第七方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,该网络侧设备包括处理器、存储器 及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。According to the seventh aspect, a network-side device is provided, the network-side device includes a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, and the program or instruction is executed by the The processor implements the steps of the method described in the third aspect when executing.
第八方面,提供了一种网络侧设备,包括处理器及通信接口,其中,所述处理器用于实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤,所述通信接口用于与终端进行通信。An eighth aspect provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, wherein the processor is configured to implement the steps of the method described in the third aspect, and the communication interface is configured to communicate with a terminal.
第九方面,提供了一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或者实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In the ninth aspect, a readable storage medium is provided, and programs or instructions are stored on the readable storage medium, and when the programs or instructions are executed by a processor, the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or the steps of the method described in the first aspect are realized, or The steps of the method described in the third aspect.
第十方面,提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In a tenth aspect, a chip is provided, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method as described in the first aspect steps, or to achieve the steps of the method as described in the third aspect.
第十一方面,提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在非瞬态的存储介质中,所述程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现如第一方面所述的方法的步骤,或实现如第三方面所述的方法的步骤。In an eleventh aspect, a computer program/program product is provided, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to implement the first The steps of the method described in the first aspect, or the steps of implementing the method described in the third aspect.
在本申请实施例中,终端在对第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源进行测量,并上报波束报告后,可以发送对应第二对象的SRS,以使网络侧设备对所述SRS进行测量,并进一步根据对SRS进行测量的结果以及终端上报的第一对象的波束报告,向终端发送用于确定第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息的波束指示信令,从而使得终端与网络侧设备在第一对象上和第二对象上的波束链路都能对齐,避免了由于波束斜视导致网络与UE之间的波束链路对不准的问题。In the embodiment of this application, after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can measure the SRS , and further according to the result of SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal, a beam indication signal for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object is sent to the terminal order, so that the beam links of the terminal and the network side device on the first object and the second object can be aligned, and the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint is avoided.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的示意图;FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system to which an embodiment of the present application is applicable;
图2示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定方法的一种流程示意图;FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定方法的另一种流程示意图;FIG. 3 shows another schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置的一种结构示意图;FIG. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置的另一种结构示意图;FIG. 5 shows another schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6示出本申请实施例提供的一种通信设备的结构示意图;FIG. 6 shows a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7示出本申请实施例提供的一种终端的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8示出本申请实施例提供的一种网络侧设备的硬件结构示意图。FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a network side device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合本申请实施例中的附图,对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本申请一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本申请中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本申请保护的范围。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be clearly described below in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, the described embodiments are part of the embodiments of the present application, but not all of them. All other embodiments obtained by persons of ordinary skill in the art based on the embodiments in this application belong to the protection scope of this application.
本申请的说明书和权利要求书中的术语“第一”、“第二”等是用于区别类似的对象,而不用于描述特定的顺序或先后次序。应该理解这样使用的术语在适当情况下可以互换,以便本申请的实施例能够以除了在这里图示或描述的那些以外的顺序实施,且“第一”、“第二”所区别的对象通常为一类,并不限定对象的个数,例如第一对象可以是一个,也可以是多个。此外,说明书以及权利要求中“和/或”表示所连接对象的至少其中之一,字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。The terms "first", "second" and the like in the specification and claims of the present application are used to distinguish similar objects, and are not used to describe a specific sequence or sequence. It is to be understood that the terms so used are interchangeable under appropriate circumstances such that the embodiments of the application are capable of operation in sequences other than those illustrated or described herein and that "first" and "second" distinguish objects. It is usually one category, and the number of objects is not limited. For example, there may be one or more first objects. In addition, "and/or" in the description and claims means at least one of the connected objects, and the character "/" generally means that the related objects are an "or" relationship.
值得指出的是,本申请实施例所描述的技术不限于长期演进型(Long Term Evolution,LTE)/LTE的演进(LTE-Advanced,LTE-A)系统,还可用于其他无线通信系统,诸如码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)、时分多址(Time Division Multiple Access,TDMA)、频分多址(Frequency Division Multiple Access,FDMA)、正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access,OFDMA)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)和其他系统。本申请实施例中的术语“系统”和“网络”常被可互换地使用,所描述的技术既可用于以 上提及的系统和无线电技术,也可用于其他系统和无线电技术。以下描述出于示例目的描述了新空口(New Radio,NR)系统,并且在以下大部分描述中使用NR术语,但是这些技术也可应用于NR系统应用以外的应用,如第6代(6 th Generation,6G)通信系统。 It is worth pointing out that the technology described in the embodiment of this application is not limited to the Long Term Evolution (Long Term Evolution, LTE)/LTE-Advanced (LTE-Advanced, LTE-A) system, and can also be used in other wireless communication systems, such as code Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Frequency Division Multiple Access (FDMA), Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access, OFDMA), Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access, SC-FDMA) and other systems. The terms "system" and "network" in the embodiments of the present application are often used interchangeably, and the described technologies can be used for the above-mentioned systems and radio technologies as well as other systems and radio technologies. The following description describes the New Radio (NR) system for illustrative purposes, and uses NR terminology in most of the following descriptions, but these techniques can also be applied to applications other than NR system applications, such as the 6th generation (6 th Generation, 6G) communication system.
图1示出本申请实施例可应用的一种无线通信系统的示意图。无线通信系统包括终端11和网络侧设备12。其中,终端11也可以称作终端设备或者用户终端(User Equipment,UE),终端11可以是手机、平板电脑(Tablet Personal Computer)、膝上型电脑(Laptop Computer)或称为笔记本电脑、个人数字助理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、掌上电脑、上网本、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、移动上网装置(Mobile Internet Device,MID)、可穿戴式设备(Wearable Device)或车载设备(VUE)、行人终端(PUE)等终端侧设备,可穿戴式设备包括:智能手表、手环、耳机、眼镜等。需要说明的是,在本申请实施例并不限定终端11的具体类型。网络侧设备12可以是基站或核心网,其中,基站可被称为节点B、演进节点B、接入点、基收发机站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS)、无线电基站、无线电收发机、基本服务集(Basic Service Set,BSS)、扩展服务集(Extended Service Set,ESS)、B节点、演进型B节点(eNB)、家用B节点、家用演进型B节点、无线局域网(Wireless Local Area Network,WLAN)接入点、无线保真(Wireless Fidelity,WiFi)节点、发送接收点(Transmitting Receiving Point,TRP)或所述领域中其他某个合适的术语,只要达到相同的技术效果,所述基站不限于特定技术词汇,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中仅以NR系统中的基站为例,但是并不限定基站的具体类型。Fig. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a wireless communication system to which this embodiment of the present application is applicable. The wireless communication system includes a terminal 11 and a network side device 12 . Wherein, the terminal 11 can also be called a terminal device or a user terminal (User Equipment, UE), and the terminal 11 can be a mobile phone, a tablet computer (Tablet Personal Computer), a laptop computer (Laptop Computer) or a notebook computer, a personal digital Assistant (Personal Digital Assistant, PDA), handheld computer, netbook, ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), mobile Internet device (Mobile Internet Device, MID), wearable device (Wearable Device) or vehicle-mounted device (VUE), Pedestrian Terminal (PUE) and other terminal-side devices, wearable devices include: smart watches, bracelets, earphones, glasses, etc. It should be noted that, the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific type of the terminal 11 . The network side device 12 may be a base station or a core network, where a base station may be called a node B, an evolved node B, an access point, a base transceiver station (Base Transceiver Station, BTS), a radio base station, a radio transceiver, a basic service Basic Service Set (BSS), Extended Service Set (ESS), Node B, Evolved Node B (eNB), Home Node B, Home Evolved Node B, Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) ) access point, wireless fidelity (Wireless Fidelity, WiFi) node, transmitting and receiving point (Transmitting Receiving Point, TRP) or some other suitable term in the field, as long as the same technical effect is achieved, the base station is not limited to Specific technical terms, it should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, only the base station in the NR system is taken as an example, but the specific type of the base station is not limited.
另外,需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,所提及的波束信息,也可以称为:波束信息、空间关系(spatial relation)信息、空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)信息、空域接收滤波器(spatial domain reception filter)信息、空域滤波器(spatial filter)信息、传输配置指示(Transmission  Configuration Indicator,TCI)状态(state)信息、准共址(Quasi co-location,QCL)信息或QCL参数等。其中,下行波束信息通常可使用TCI state信息或QCL信息表示。上行波束信息通常可使用TCI state信息、QCL信息或spatial relation信息表示。In addition, it should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the beam information mentioned may also be referred to as: beam information, spatial relation information, spatial domain transmission filter information, spatial domain Receive filter (spatial domain reception filter) information, spatial domain filter (spatial filter) information, transmission configuration indicator (Transmission Configuration Indicator, TCI) state (state) information, quasi co-location (Quasi co-location, QCL) information or QCL parameters etc. Wherein, the downlink beam information can usually be represented by TCI state information or QCL information. Uplink beam information can usually be represented by TCI state information, QCL information or spatial relation information.
而所提及的天线面板,也可以称为:天线组、天线端口组、天线集合、天线端口集合、波束集合、波束子集合、天线阵列、天线端口阵列、天线子阵列、天线端口子阵列、逻辑实体、实体或天线实体等。The mentioned antenna panel can also be referred to as: antenna group, antenna port group, antenna set, antenna port set, beam set, beam sub-set, antenna array, antenna port array, antenna sub-array, antenna port sub-array, Logical entity, entity or antenna entity, etc.
天线面板(Panel)的标识可以包括但不限于:天线面板的标识、参考信号资源标识、参考信号资源集标识、TCI状态标识、QCL信息标识、空间关系标识等。The identifier of the antenna panel (Panel) may include, but not limited to: the identifier of the antenna panel, the identifier of the reference signal resource, the identifier of the reference signal resource set, the identifier of the TCI state, the identifier of the QCL information, the identifier of the spatial relationship, and the like.
下面结合附图,通过一些实施例及其应用场景对本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定方法进行详细地说明。The method for determining beam information provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below through some embodiments and application scenarios with reference to the accompanying drawings.
图2示出本申请实施例中的波束信息的确定方法的一种流程示意图,该方法200可以由终端执行。换言之,所述方法可以由安装在终端上的软件或硬件来执行。如图2所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤。FIG. 2 shows a schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information in an embodiment of the present application, and the method 200 may be executed by a terminal. In other words, the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the terminal. As shown in Fig. 2, the method may include the following steps.
S210,终端根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应。S210. The terminal measures signal quality on at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object.
在相关技术中,在做波束测量时,网络侧设备为终端配置波束报告的配置信息,该配置信息中关联了参考信号资源设置(RS resource setting),在该setting中包含至少一个参考信号资源集合(RS resource set),在每个set中包括至少一个RS资源,例如同步信号/物理广播信道信号块(或同步信号块)(Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block,SSB)资源(resource)或信道状态信息参考信号(Channel State Information Reference Signal,CSI-RS)资源(resource)。终端测量每个RS resource的层1参考信号接收功率(Reference Signal Received Power,RSRP)和/或层1信号与干扰加噪声比(Signal-to-noise and Interference Ratio,SINR),并将最优的至少一个测量结 果上报给网络,上报内容包括SSB资源指示(SSB Resource Indicator,SSBRI)或CSI-RS资源指示(CSI-RS Resource Indicator,CRI)、及L1-RSRP和/或L1-SINR。另外,在波束报告的配置信息中,可以指明该报告是否为基于分组的波束报告。如果是非基于分组的波束报告(non-group based beam report),则UE将上报至少一个最优的波束及其质量,以供网络侧确定用来向UE发送信道或信号的波束。如果是基于分组的波束报告(group based beam report),则UE会上报一对波束及其质量,当网络侧使用这一对波束向UE发送信息时,UE可以同时接收。In the related technology, when performing beam measurement, the network side device configures beam report configuration information for the terminal, and the configuration information is associated with a reference signal resource setting (RS resource setting), which contains at least one reference signal resource set (RS resource set), including at least one RS resource in each set, such as synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel signal block (or synchronization signal block) (Synchronization Signal and PBCH Block, SSB) resource (resource) or channel state information reference Signal (Channel State Information Reference Signal, CSI-RS) resource (resource). The terminal measures the layer 1 reference signal received power (Reference Signal Received Power, RSRP) and/or layer 1 signal and interference plus noise ratio (Signal-to-noise and Interference Ratio, SINR) of each RS resource, and uses the optimal At least one measurement result is reported to the network, and the reported content includes SSB Resource Indicator (SSB Resource Indicator, SSBRI) or CSI-RS Resource Indicator (CSI-RS Resource Indicator, CRI), and L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR. In addition, in the configuration information of the beam report, it may be indicated whether the report is a packet-based beam report. If it is a non-group based beam report (non-group based beam report), the UE will report at least one optimal beam and its quality for the network side to determine the beam used to send channels or signals to the UE. If it is a group based beam report, the UE will report a pair of beams and their quality. When the network side uses this pair of beams to send information to the UE, the UE can receive it at the same time.
在本申请中,网络侧设备可以在配置信息中包括第一待测量RS资源,该第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应。例如,终端接收到的配置信息中可以包括CSI报告的配置信息,例如,CSI-ReportConfig,在CSI报告的配置信息中包括第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源。In this application, the network side device may include the first RS resource to be measured in the configuration information, and the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object. For example, the configuration information received by the terminal may include CSI report configuration information, for example, CSI-ReportConfig, and the CSI report configuration information includes the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object.
其中,第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源可以包括以下之一:Wherein, the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object may include one of the following:
(1)第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源集合(resource set)中的第一待测量RS资源;(1) the first RS resource to be measured in the first RS resource set to be measured (resource set) corresponding to the first object;
(2)第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源设置(resource config或resource setting)中的第一待测量RS资源;(2) the first RS resource to be measured in the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object (resource config or resource setting);
(3)第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源组中的第一待测量RS资源。(3) The first RS resource to be measured in the first RS resource group to be measured corresponding to the first object.
其中,第一对象与第一待测量RS资源的对应关系可以通过以下方式确定:Wherein, the corresponding relationship between the first object and the first RS resource to be measured may be determined in the following manner:
(1)在上述第一待测量RS资源、第一待测量RS资源setting、第一待测量RS资源集合(set)、或者第一待测量RS资源组中,增加第一对象的编号或ID,例如,在参考信号资源设置(setting)、或者RS资源设置中包括的RS资源集合、或者RS资源集合中的RS资源、或者,RS资源组的描述信息中包含第一对象的编号或ID,以该RS资源设置、RS资源集合、RS资源组或RS资源对应第一对象;(1) In the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first RS resource set to be measured (set), or the first RS resource group to be measured, add the number or ID of the first object, For example, the reference signal resource setting (setting), or the RS resource set included in the RS resource setting, or the RS resource in the RS resource set, or the description information of the RS resource group includes the number or ID of the first object, so as to The RS resource setting, RS resource set, RS resource group or RS resource corresponds to the first object;
(2)将第一待测量RS资源、第一待测量RS资源setting、第一待测量RS资源集合(set)、或者第一待测量RS资源组配置在第一对象的配置信息中;即在第一对象的配置信息中配置其对应的第一待测量RS资源,其中可以是一个或多个RS资源,也可以是一个RS资源setting,即指示该RS资源setting中的所有RS资源均是对应第一对象,或者,也可以是一个或多个RS资源集合或者RS资源组。(2) Configure the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first RS resource set to be measured (set), or the first RS resource group to be measured in the configuration information of the first object; that is, in The corresponding first RS resource to be measured is configured in the configuration information of the first object, which may be one or more RS resources, or an RS resource setting, which indicates that all RS resources in the RS resource setting are corresponding to Alternatively, the first object may also be one or more RS resource sets or RS resource groups.
(3)在上述CSI报告的配置信息中,包括上述第一待测量RS资源、第一待测量RS资源setting、第一待测量RS资源集合(set)、或者第一待测量RS资源组与第一对象的编号或ID的关联关系或映射关系。(3) In the configuration information of the above CSI report, it includes the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first set of RS resources to be measured (set), or the first RS resource group to be measured and the first RS resource to be measured An association relationship or mapping relationship of an object number or ID.
(4)网络侧设备通过信令指示上述第一待测量RS资源、第一待测量RS资源setting、第一待测量RS资源集合(set)、或者第一待测量RS资源组与第一对象的编号或标识(Identity,ID)的关联关系或映射关系,例如,网络侧设备通过媒体接入控制层(Medium Access Control,MAC)控制单元(Control Element,CE)或DCI指示所述关联关系或映射关系。(4) The network side device indicates the first RS resource to be measured, the first RS resource setting to be measured, the first RS resource set to be measured (set), or the relationship between the first RS resource group to be measured and the first object through signaling. The association relationship or mapping relationship of numbers or identifiers (Identity, ID), for example, the network side device indicates the association relationship or mapping relationship through a medium access control layer (Medium Access Control, MAC) control element (Control Element, CE) or DCI relation.
其中,第一对象包括但不限于以下之一:(1)小区(cell);(2)带宽部分(Bandwidth Part,BWP);(3)子带(sub-band);(4)频带(band);(5)发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP);(6)终端面板(UE panel);(7)载波。Wherein, the first object includes but not limited to one of the following: (1) cell (cell); (2) bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP); (3) sub-band (sub-band); (4) frequency band (band ); (5) Transmission Reception Point (TRP); (6) Terminal Panel (UE panel); (7) Carrier.
也就是说,一个第一对象,可以是一个小区、BWP、子带、频带、TRP、载波或UE面板,或者其组合。That is to say, a first object may be a cell, BWP, subband, frequency band, TRP, carrier or UE panel, or a combination thereof.
S212,终端根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息。S212. The terminal reports a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object.
在本申请实施例中,终端可以根据上述接收到的配置信息,发送波束报告。在该波束报告中可以包括UE确定的对应第一对象的第一波束信息。其中,第一波束信息可以包括至少一个待测量RS资源中的一个待测量RS资源的索引信息,例如,SSBRI或CRI等,和/或,也可以包括至少一个待测量 RS资源中的一个待测量RS资源的质量信息,例如,L1-RSRP和/或L1-SINR。例如,波束报告中可以包括一个待测量RS资源的索引信息与该RS资源上测量得到的质量信息的对应关系。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal may send a beam report according to the configuration information received above. The first beam information corresponding to the first object determined by the UE may be included in the beam report. Wherein, the first beam information may include index information of one of the at least one RS resources to be measured, for example, SSBRI or CRI, etc., and/or may also include one of the RS resources to be measured Quality information of RS resources, for example, L1-RSRP and/or L1-SINR. For example, the beam report may include a correspondence between index information of an RS resource to be measured and quality information measured on the RS resource.
S214,所述终端发送对应第二对象的SRS。S214. The terminal sends an SRS corresponding to the second object.
在本申请实施例中,终端发送对应第二对象的SRS,从而使得网络侧设备可以对所述SRS进行测量,以确定第二对象上的目标波束信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the terminal sends the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can measure the SRS to determine the target beam information on the second object.
在本申请实施例中,与第一对象对应,第二对象可以包括但不限于以下之一:(1)小区(cell);(2)带宽部分(Bandwidth Part,BWP);(3)子带(sub-band);(4)频带(band);(5)发送接收点(Transmission Reception Point,TRP);(6)终端面板(UE panel);(7)载波。In this embodiment of the application, corresponding to the first object, the second object may include but not limited to one of the following: (1) cell (cell); (2) bandwidth part (Bandwidth Part, BWP); (3) subband (sub-band); (4) frequency band (band); (5) transmission and reception point (Transmission Reception Point, TRP); (6) terminal panel (UE panel); (7) carrier.
例如,第一对象可以为第一小区,第二对象可以为第二小区,或者,第一对象为第一载波,第二对象为第二载波等。For example, the first object may be the first cell, and the second object may be the second cell, or the first object may be the first carrier, and the second object may be the second carrier, and so on.
在一个可能的实现方式中,终端可以根据网络侧设备配置的SRS资源信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。In a possible implementation manner, the terminal may send the SRS on the second object according to the SRS resource information configured by the network side device.
在一种可能的实现方式中,终端可以根据步骤S212中确定的对应第一对象的第一波束信息,确定在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息,然后使用该第二波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。In a possible implementation, the terminal may determine the second beam information used to send the SRS on the second object according to the first beam information corresponding to the first object determined in step S212, and then use the second beam information , sending the SRS on the second object.
例如,终端在band1上测量CSI-RS resource中的各CSI-RS resource后,在发送的beam report中包括了CRI1,即CSI-RS resoure1的测量结果,则可以根据CSI-RS resource1的波束信息确定在band2上发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息。其中,测量CSI-RS resource1时的Rx beam和在band2上发送SRS所使用的Tx beam可以是具有波束一致性(即Rx beam的方向就是Tx beam的方向),例如,将CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam作为band2上发送SRS的Tx beam,或者,没有波束一致性,而根据CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam进行调整来确定出band2上发送SRS的Tx beam,如将与CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam相邻方向的beam作为band2上发送SRS的Tx beam。For example, after the terminal measures each CSI-RS resource in the CSI-RS resource on band1, and includes CRI1 in the sent beam report, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, it can be determined according to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1 Send the second beam information used by the SRS on band2. Among them, the Rx beam when measuring CSI-RS resource1 and the Tx beam used to send SRS on band2 can have beam consistency (that is, the direction of Rx beam is the direction of Tx beam), for example, the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 The beam is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, or there is no beam consistency, and the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is adjusted to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, such as the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1. The beam in the adjacent direction is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,终端也可以根据第一目标波束信息,确定在第二对象上发送SRS使用的第二波束信息。例如,网络侧设备在接收到终端上报的所述波束报告后,可以从中选择一个第一波束信息作为第一目标波束信息指示给终端,终端可以根据网络侧设备指示的第一目标波束信息,确定在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息。例如,在band1的beam report中包括了CRI1和CRI2,即CSI-RS resource1和CSI-RS resource2的测量结果,网络侧设备指示的第一目标波束信息中的source RS为CSI-RS resource1,则终端根据CSI-RS resource1的波束信息,确定在band2上发送SRS所使用的波束信息,例如,将CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam作为band2上发送SRS所使用的Tx beam,或者根据CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam进行调整来确定出band2上发送SRS的Tx beam,如将与CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam相邻方向的beam作为band2上发送SRS的Tx beam。In another possible implementation manner, the terminal may also determine the second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the first target beam information. For example, after receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, the network side device may select one of the first beam information as the first target beam information to indicate to the terminal, and the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the first target beam information indicated by the network side device Second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object. For example, the beam report of band1 includes CRI1 and CRI2, that is, the measurement results of CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2, and the source RS in the first target beam information indicated by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, then the terminal According to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1, determine the beam information used to send SRS on band2, for example, use the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam used to send SRS on band2, or according to the Rx of CSI-RS resource1 The beam is adjusted to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, for example, the beam in the direction adjacent to the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is used as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
在又一个可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备可以在配置的SRS资源信息中指示其中的SRS资源的波束信息,即指示第二对象上SRS资源的波束信息,终端使用该波束信息在第二对象上发送SRS。例如,网络侧设备在接收到终端上报的所述波束报告后,可以根据所述波束报告中的第一波束信息为终端指示第二对象的SRS资源的波束信息。例如,在band1的beam report中包括了CRI1,即CSI-RS resource1的测量结果,网络侧设备根据该测量结果为band2的SRS资源指示波束信息,如果UE在接收CSI-RS resource1时使用的是Rx beam,则UE根据网络侧设备为band2上的SRS资源指示的波束信息可以确定出SRS资源的Tx beam,该Tx beam可以与CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam具有波束一致性,或者该Tx beam位于CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam相邻方向。在上述可能的实现方式中,终端在第二对象上发送所述SRS时,可选地,可以在多个SRS资源上使用第二波束信息发送SRS。可选的,第二波束信息可以包括多个波束信息,在不同的SRS资源上发送SRS使用的波束信息可以相同,也可以不完全相同,例如,如果第二对象对应3个SRS资源, 则终端在3个SRS资源上发送SRS所使用的波束信息可以完全不相同,或者,也可以在其中2个SRS资源上使用同一波束信息发送SRS,在另一个SRS资源上使用另一波束信息发送SRS,或者,也可以在3个SRS资源上使用均使用同一波束信息发送SRS。In yet another possible implementation, the network side device may indicate the beam information of the SRS resource in the configured SRS resource information, that is, indicate the beam information of the SRS resource on the second object, and the terminal uses the beam information on the second object Send SRS on. For example, after receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, the network side device may indicate to the terminal the beam information of the SRS resource of the second object according to the first beam information in the beam report. For example, the beam report of band1 includes CRI1, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, and the network side device indicates the beam information for the SRS resource of band2 according to the measurement result. If the UE uses Rx when receiving CSI-RS resource1 beam, the UE can determine the Tx beam of the SRS resource according to the beam information indicated by the network side device for the SRS resource on band2, and the Tx beam can have beam consistency with the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1, or the Tx beam is located in the - Rx beam adjacent direction of RS resource1. In the foregoing possible implementation manner, when the terminal sends the SRS on the second object, optionally, the SRS may be sent on multiple SRS resources by using the second beam information. Optionally, the second beam information may include multiple beam information, and the beam information used to send SRS on different SRS resources may be the same or may not be completely the same. For example, if the second object corresponds to 3 SRS resources, the terminal The beam information used to send SRS on the three SRS resources can be completely different, or the same beam information can be used to send SRS on two of the SRS resources, and the SRS can be sent on another SRS resource using another beam information, Alternatively, the same beam information may also be used on the three SRS resources to send the SRS.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,终端也可以根据对应第一对象的第一SRS资源的第三波束信息,确定在第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息,然后采用第四波束信息,在第二对象上发送SRS。In another possible implementation, the terminal may also determine the fourth beam information used to send the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information of the first SRS resource corresponding to the first object, and then use the fourth beam information , sending an SRS on the second object.
在上述可能的实现方式中,第三波束信息可以按照以下方式中的至少一项确定:In the foregoing possible implementation manners, the third beam information may be determined in at least one of the following manners:
(1)根据第一波束信息确定。(1) Determined according to the first beam information.
终端可以根据在对应第一对象的波束报告中的至少一个第一待测量RS资源确定第一SRS资源的第三波束信息,再根据第三波束信息确定在第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息。The terminal may determine the third beam information of the first SRS resource according to at least one first RS resource to be measured in the beam report corresponding to the first object, and then determine the fourth beam used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information. beam information.
例如,终端在band1上测量CSI-RS resource中的各CSI-RS resource后,在发送的beam report中包括了CRI1,即CSI-RS resource1的测量结果,则先确定出band1上的第一SRS resource,该第一SRS resource的波束信息(即第三波束信息)是根据CSI-RS resource1的波束信息确定的,比如,将CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam作为第一SRS resource的Tx beam,或者把CSI-RS resource1作为第一SRS resource的波束信息的源(source)RS。然后根据第一SRS资源的波束信息确定在band2上发送SRS所使用的波束信息,例如,将第一SRS资源的Tx beam作为band2上发送SRS的Tx beam,或者,根据第一SRS资源的Tx beam进行调整来确定出band2上发送SRS的Tx beam,如将与第一SRS资源的Tx beam相邻方向的beam作为band2上发送SRS的Tx beam。For example, after the terminal measures each CSI-RS resource in the CSI-RS resource on band1, and includes CRI1 in the sent beam report, that is, the measurement result of CSI-RS resource1, it first determines the first SRS resource on band1 , the beam information of the first SRS resource (that is, the third beam information) is determined according to the beam information of CSI-RS resource1, for example, the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 is used as the Tx beam of the first SRS resource, or the CSI -RS resource1 is used as the source (source) RS of the beam information of the first SRS resource. Then determine the beam information used to send SRS on band2 according to the beam information of the first SRS resource, for example, use the Tx beam of the first SRS resource as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, or, according to the Tx beam of the first SRS resource Make adjustments to determine the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2, for example, use the beam in the direction adjacent to the Tx beam of the first SRS resource as the Tx beam for sending SRS on band2.
(2)根据所述第一目标波束信息确定。(2) Determine according to the first target beam information.
例如,网络侧设备在接收到终端上报的所述波束报告后,可以从中选择 一个第一波束信息作为第一目标波束信息指示给终端,终端可以根据网络侧设备指示的第一目标波束信息,确定第一SRS资源的第三波束信息,再根据第三波束信息确定在第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息。例如,在band1的beam report中包括了CRI1和CRI2,即CSI-RS resource1和CSI-RS resource2的测量结果,网络侧设备指示的第一目标波束信息中的source RS为CSI-RS resource1,则终端先根据CSI-RS resource1确定出band1上的第一SRS resource,比如,将CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam作为第一SRS resource的Tx beam(即第三波束信息),或者把CSI-RS resource1作为第一SRS resource的波束信息的源(source)RS。然后根据第一SRS资源的波束信息确定在band2上发送SRS所使用的波束信息。For example, after receiving the beam report reported by the terminal, the network side device may select one of the first beam information as the first target beam information to indicate to the terminal, and the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the first target beam information indicated by the network side device The third beam information of the first SRS resource, and then determine the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information. For example, the beam report of band1 includes CRI1 and CRI2, that is, the measurement results of CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2, and the source RS in the first target beam information indicated by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, then the terminal First determine the first SRS resource on band1 according to CSI-RS resource1, for example, use the Rx beam of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam of the first SRS resource (that is, the third beam information), or use CSI-RS resource1 as the first SRS resource A source (source) RS of the beam information of the SRS resource. Then determine the beam information used for sending the SRS on band2 according to the beam information of the first SRS resource.
(3)根据网络侧设备指示的第一SRS资源的波束信息确定。(3) Determine according to the beam information of the first SRS resource indicated by the network side device.
终端将网络侧设备指示的第一SRS资源的波束信息,作为所述第三波束信息,再根据第三波束信息确定在第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息。例如,网络侧设备可以在第一对象的第一SRS资源的配置信息中,指示第一SRS资源的波束信息。The terminal uses the beam information of the first SRS resource indicated by the network side device as the third beam information, and then determines the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object according to the third beam information. For example, the network side device may indicate the beam information of the first SRS resource in the configuration information of the first SRS resource of the first object.
例如,网络侧设备指示第一SRS资源的Tx beam为beam1,则终端可以根据第一SRS资源的波束信息确定在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的Tx beam,例如,在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的Tx beam也为beam1,或者,在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的Tx beam为将beam1进行调整得到的beam2。For example, if the network side device indicates that the Tx beam of the first SRS resource is beam1, the terminal can determine the Tx beam used to send the SRS on the second object according to the beam information of the first SRS resource, for example, send the SRS on the second object The Tx beam used is also beam1, or, the Tx beam used for sending the SRS on the second object is beam2 obtained by adjusting beam1.
或者,终端也可以结合上述三项中的两项或三项,确定在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的第一波束信息。具体不再赘述。Alternatively, the terminal may also combine two or three of the above three items to determine the first beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object. No more details.
在上述各个可能的实现方式中,可选地,在所述终端发送对应第二对象的SRS之前,所述方法还可以包括:所述终端发送通知消息,该通知消息指示所述终端当前使用CBM模式;和/或,所述终端接收所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端使用CBM模式。In each of the above possible implementation manners, optionally, before the terminal sends the SRS corresponding to the second object, the method may further include: the terminal sending a notification message, the notification message indicating that the terminal is currently using CBM mode; and/or, the terminal receives first indication information from the network side device, where the first indication information indicates that the terminal uses the CBM mode.
S216,所述终端接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令。S216. The terminal receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device.
网络侧设备在测量第二对象上的SRS资源上的SRS信号后,可以确定出网络侧设备在第二对象上的波束信息,从而可以通过第一目标波束指示信令指示终端。After measuring the SRS signal on the SRS resource on the second object, the network side device can determine the beam information of the network side device on the second object, so as to instruct the terminal through the first target beam indication signaling.
S218,所述终端所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。S218, the terminal indicates the first target beam, and determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,终端在对第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源进行测量,并上报波束报告后,可以发送对应第二对象的SRS,以使网络侧设备对所述SRS进行测量,并进一步根据对SRS进行测量的结果以及终端上报的第一对象的波束报告,确定第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息,从而可以使得终端与网络侧设备在第一对象上和第二对象上的波束链路都能对齐,特别是对于CBM模式终端,可以避免由于SCC的波束指向相对于PCC有一定偏斜,而产生所谓的“波束斜视”的问题,提高了通信性能。Through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can monitor the The SRS is measured, and further according to the result of the SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal, the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object are determined, so that the terminal and The beam links of the network-side equipment on the first object and the second object can be aligned, especially for CBM mode terminals, which can avoid the so-called "beam squint" due to the fact that the beam pointing of the SCC is skewed relative to the PCC. ” problems, improving communication performance.
在本申请实施例的一个可能的实现方式,第一目标波束指令中可以携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息而未携带第二对象的第二目标波束信息,在这种情况下,终端确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,然后,所述终端可以根据第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation of the embodiment of the present application, the first target beam instruction may carry the first target beam information of the first object without carrying the second target beam information of the second object. In this case, the terminal determines The target beam information of the first object is the first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and then, the terminal may determine the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information. Two target beam information.
可选地,所述终端根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述终端获取与所述第一目标波束信息对应的第三目标波束信息,其中,所述第三目标波束信息为根据所述第一目标波束信息确定的发送所述SRS所使用的波束信息;所述终端根据所述第三目标波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束信息。Optionally, the terminal determining the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information includes: the terminal acquiring third target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information , wherein the third target beam information is the beam information used to send the SRS determined according to the first target beam information; the terminal determines the second target beam according to the third target beam information information.
也就是说,终端可以采用S214中确定发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息或第四波束信息的相应方式,根据第一目标波束信息确定第二目标波束信息。例如,终端发送SRS所使用的波束信息是根据第一对象上的第一波束信息得 到的第二波束信息,或者根据第一对象上的第一SRS的第三波束信息得到的第四波束信息。网络侧设备在收到对应第一对象的波束报告之后,指示了第一目标波束信息,该第一目标波束信息可以是根据波束报告中上报的第一波束信息(即SSBRI/CRI)中之一确定的。则在第二对象上的第二目标波束信息,可以是根据在发送SRS时所用的第二波束信息或第四波束信息中的一个确定,其中,第二波束信息或第四波束信息中的一个与上述第一波束信息中之一相同,即可以是根据上述第一波束信息中之一确定的发送SRS所使用的波束信息。That is to say, the terminal may determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information in a corresponding manner of determining the second beam information or the fourth beam information used for sending the SRS in S214. For example, the beam information used by the terminal to send the SRS is the second beam information obtained according to the first beam information on the first object, or the fourth beam information obtained according to the third beam information of the first SRS on the first object. After receiving the beam report corresponding to the first object, the network side device indicates the first target beam information, and the first target beam information may be one of the first beam information (ie SSBRI/CRI) reported in the beam report definite. Then the second target beam information on the second object may be determined according to one of the second beam information or the fourth beam information used when sending the SRS, wherein one of the second beam information or the fourth beam information It is the same as one of the above-mentioned first beam information, that is, it may be the beam information used for sending the SRS determined according to one of the above-mentioned first beam information.
例如,终端在band1的beam report中包括了CSI-RS resource1和CSI-RS resource2,网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示指令中携带的TCI state中的source RS是CSI-RS resource1,终端接收CSI-RS resource1使用的是Rx beam1,而如果终端在发送第二对象的SRS时,将CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam1作为第二对象的SRS resource的Tx beam1,或者,根据Rx beam1确定第一SRS resource的Tx beam2,再根据Tx beam2确定出第二对象的SRS的Tx beam1,则终端可以根据发送SRS所使用的波束信息(即第三目标波束信息),确定第二对象的第二目标波束信息。例如,可以确定第二目标波束信息即为第三目标波束信息,或者,对第三目标波束信息进行调整之后,得到的波束信息。For example, the terminal includes CSI-RS resource1 and CSI-RS resource2 in the beam report of band1, the source RS in the TCI state carried in the first target beam indication command sent by the network side device is CSI-RS resource1, and the terminal receives the CSI -RS resource1 uses Rx beam1, and if the terminal uses the Rx beam1 of CSI-RS resource1 as the Tx beam1 of the SRS resource of the second object when sending the SRS of the second object, or determines the first SRS resource according to Rx beam1 Tx beam2 of the second object, and then determine the Tx beam1 of the SRS of the second object according to the Tx beam2, then the terminal can determine the second target beam information of the second object according to the beam information used to send the SRS (ie, the third target beam information). For example, it may be determined that the second target beam information is the third target beam information, or beam information obtained after adjusting the third target beam information.
又例如,如果发送所述SRS所使用的第二波束信息是根据第一目标波束信息确定的,则可以直接根据发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息确定第二对象的第二目标波束信息,例如,确定第二目标波束信息即为发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息,或对发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息进行一定调整得到的波束信息。For another example, if the second beam information used for sending the SRS is determined according to the first target beam information, the second target beam information of the second object may be directly determined according to the second beam information used for sending the SRS, for example , determining that the second target beam information is the second beam information used for sending the SRS, or the beam information obtained by making certain adjustments to the second beam information used for sending the SRS.
在另一个可能的实现方式中,第一目标波束指令中可以携带第二对象的第二目标波束信息而未携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,在这种情况下,终端确定所述第二对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第二目标波束信息,然后,所述终端可以根据第二目标波束信息,确定 所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息。In another possible implementation manner, the first target beam instruction may carry the second target beam information of the second object without carrying the first target beam information of the first object. In this case, the terminal determines that the first target beam The target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and then, the terminal may determine the first target beam of the first object according to the second target beam information information.
例如,终端在band1的beam report中包括了CSI-RS resource1,终端接收CSI-RS resource1使用的是Rx beam1,而如果终端在发送第二对象的SRS时,根据CSI-RS resource1的Rx beam1确定第二对象的SRS resource的Tx beam1,或者,根据Rx beam1确定第一SRS resource的Tx beam2,再根据Tx beam2确定出第二对象的SRS的Tx beam1,其中,Tx beam1可以是与Rx beam1或Tx beam2方向相邻的多个beam,网络侧设备在多个beam上测量第二对象的SRS后,得到的第二对象的SRS的最优波束信息,网络侧设备在使用所述第二目标波束指示命令指示第二目标波束信息时,第二目标波束信息可以是根据上述第二对象的SRS的最优波束信息确定(如将最优测量结果的SRS资源的QCL source RS作为第二目标波束信息的source RS),则终端可以根据第二目标波束信息,确定第一目标波束信息,如第二目标波束信息即为第一目标波束信息,或者,对第二目标波束信息进行调整之后,得到的波束信息。For example, the terminal includes CSI-RS resource1 in the beam report of band1, and the terminal uses Rx beam1 to receive CSI-RS resource1, and if the terminal sends the SRS of the second object, it determines the second object according to the Rx beam1 of CSI-RS resource1 The Tx beam1 of the SRS resource of the second object, or determine the Tx beam2 of the first SRS resource according to Rx beam1, and then determine the Tx beam1 of the SRS of the second object according to Tx beam2, where Tx beam1 can be the same as Rx beam1 or Tx beam2 Multiple beams in adjacent directions, after the network side device measures the SRS of the second object on multiple beams, the optimal beam information of the SRS of the second object is obtained, and the network side device uses the second target beam to indicate the command When indicating the second target beam information, the second target beam information may be determined according to the optimal beam information of the SRS of the second object (such as using the QCL source RS of the SRS resource of the optimal measurement result as the source of the second target beam information RS), the terminal can determine the first target beam information according to the second target beam information, such as the second target beam information is the first target beam information, or, after adjusting the second target beam information, the obtained beam information .
在又一个可能的实现方式中,第一目标波束指令中可以携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息,所述终端确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,所述第二对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带的第二目标波束信息。例如,第一目标波束指示信令中可以携带第一对象的标识与所述第一目标波束信息,以及第二对象的标识与所述第二目标波束信息。In yet another possible implementation manner, the first target beam instruction may carry the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and the terminal determines the target beam information of the first object is the first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and the target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling. For example, the first target beam indication signaling may carry the identifier of the first object and the first target beam information, as well as the identifier of the second object and the second target beam information.
在上述可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。例如,第一目标波束指示信令中可以包含的TCI state或spatial relation信息,该TCI state或spatial relation信息是来自网络侧设备配置的池(pool),该pool可以仅配置为对应 第一对象。而第二对象可以使用第一对象上配置的pool;或,第二对象的第二目标波束信息可以是来自网络侧设备对应第二对象配置的pool。In the foregoing possible implementation manner, the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object. For example, the TCI state or spatial relation information that may be included in the first target beam indication signaling, the TCI state or spatial relation information is from a pool (pool) configured by the network side device, and the pool may only be configured to correspond to the first object. The second object may use the pool configured on the first object; or, the second target beam information of the second object may be the pool configured corresponding to the second object from the network side device.
在上述可能的实现方式中,第一目标波束信息可以包括第一目标波束的标识信息,例如,ID或编号等,如,TCI state ID;第二目标波束信息可以包括第二目标波束的标识信息,例如,ID或编号等,如,TCI state ID。In the above possible implementation, the first target beam information may include identification information of the first target beam, for example, ID or number, etc., such as TCI state ID; the second target beam information may include identification information of the second target beam , such as ID or number, etc., such as TCI state ID.
在本申请实施例中,第一目标波束指示信令可以用于指示或激活第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息,例如,指示终端在第一对象上使用第一目标波束信息与网络侧设备进行通信,在第二对象上使用第二目标波束信息与网络侧设备进行通信。In this embodiment of the present application, the first target beam indication signaling may be used to indicate or activate the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, for example, instruct the terminal to use The first target beam information is communicated with the network side device, and the second target beam information is used on the second object to communicate with the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,在所述终端上报波束报告之后,该方法还可以包括以下步骤:所述终端更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。In a possible implementation, after the terminal reports the beam report, the method may further include the following steps: the terminal updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS to be measured of the first target object A resource, wherein the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
例如,终端可以根据第一对象的第一波束信息更新第一对象的波束信息或第一对象的待测量RS资源,和/或,根据在第二对象上发送SRS所使用的第二波束信息更新第二对象的波束信息或更新第二对象的待测量RS资源。For example, the terminal may update the beam information of the first object or the RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the first beam information of the first object, and/or update the The beam information of the second object or the RS resources to be measured of the second object are updated.
可选地,在所述终端更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源之前,所述方法还包括:终端接收网络侧设备发送的第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。Optionally, before the terminal updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, the method further includes: the terminal receives the second target beam sent by the network side device Indication signaling, wherein the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object.
也就是说,在上述可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备可以指示更新第一对象和/或第二对象的波束信息,或者更新第一对象和/或第二对象的待测量RS资源。例如,网络侧设备配置对应第一对象的第一待测量RS资源包括:CSI-RS resource1、CSI-RS resource2、CSI-RS resource3和CSI-RS resource4,终端对第一待测量RS资源进行测量,根据测量结果选择了2个质量较优的CSI-RS资源,在波束报告中上报CRI1和CRI2,对应CRI1和CRI2的是UE Rx beam1 和Rx beam2,网络侧设备根据该波束报告,发送第二目标波束指示信令,该第二目标波束指示信令中携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,例如,第一目标波束信息为TCI state 1,TCI state 1的source RS为CSI-RS resource1,则终端将第一对象的第一目标波束信息更新为TCI state1,也即使用其source RS(CSI-RS resource1)的Rx beam(Rx beam1)来与网络之间传输信道,还可以根据网络命令将第一待测量RS资源更新为TCI state 1的source RS,即CSI-RS resource1,终端下次进行波束测量时,只需要测量对应第一对象CSI-RS resource1,从而可以节约测量资源。That is to say, in the foregoing possible implementation manners, the network side device may instruct to update the beam information of the first object and/or the second object, or update the RS resources to be measured of the first object and/or the second object. For example, the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object configured by the network side device includes: CSI-RS resource1, CSI-RS resource2, CSI-RS resource3 and CSI-RS resource4, and the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured, According to the measurement results, two CSI-RS resources with better quality are selected, and CRI1 and CRI2 are reported in the beam report. The corresponding CRI1 and CRI2 are UE Rx beam1 and Rx beam2. The network side device sends the second target according to the beam report Beam indication signaling, the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, for example, the first target beam information is TCI state 1, and the source RS of TCI state 1 is CSI-RS resource1, then The terminal updates the first target beam information of the first object to TCI state1, that is, uses the Rx beam (Rx beam1) of its source RS (CSI-RS resource1) to transmit channels with the network, and can also transmit the first target beam information according to network commands. Once the RS resource to be measured is updated to the source RS of TCI state 1, that is, CSI-RS resource1, when the terminal performs beam measurement next time, it only needs to measure the corresponding first object CSI-RS resource1, thereby saving measurement resources.
在实际应用中,第二目标波束指示信令与上述第一目标波束指示信令可以为同一个信令,即该波束指示信令用于指示、激活和更新波束信息,或者,也可以不是同一个信令,具体本申请实施例中不作限定。In practical applications, the second target beam indicating signaling and the above-mentioned first target beam indicating signaling may be the same signaling, that is, the beam indicating signaling is used to indicate, activate and update beam information, or they may not be the same One signaling is not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令中可以携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息而未携带第二对象的第二目标波束信息,在这种情况下,所述终端可以将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源。或者,所述终端可以将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源,并根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。例如,终端可以根据第一目标波束指示信令,获取第一目标波束信息,再根据第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束信息。其中,所述第二目标波束信息可以是根据所述第一目标波束信息确定的发送所述SRS所使用的波束信息。或者,第一目标波束信息和第二目标波束信息之间存在预设的对应关系,该对应关系可以是网络侧设备指示的,或者,也可以是协议约定的,例如,协议约定或网络侧设备 配置第一目标波束信息与第二目标波束信息之间的偏移信息,终端根据第一目标波束信息,可以确定对应的第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling may carry the first target beam information of the first object without carrying the second target beam information of the second object, in this case , the terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to correspond to the first target beam information RS resources. Or, the terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the corresponding to the first target beam information. RS resources, and according to the first target beam information, determine the second target beam information of the second object, update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or update the first target beam information The second RS resource to be measured of the two objects is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information. For example, the terminal may acquire first target beam information according to the first target beam indication signaling, and then determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information. Wherein, the second target beam information may be beam information used for sending the SRS determined according to the first target beam information. Alternatively, there is a preset corresponding relationship between the first target beam information and the second target beam information, and the corresponding relationship may be indicated by the network side device, or may also be stipulated in the protocol, for example, the protocol agreement or the network side device The offset information between the first target beam information and the second target beam information is configured, and the terminal can determine the corresponding second target beam information according to the first target beam information.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令也可以携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息而未携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,在这种情况下,所述终端可以将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。或者,所述终端可以将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源,并根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源。例如,第二目标波束信息是根据第二对象上所述SRS资源的最优波束信息所确定的,再根据第二目标波束信息确定出第一目标波束信息,或者,第一目标波束信息和第二目标波束信息之间存在预设的对应关系,该对应关系可以是网络侧设备指示的,或者,也可以是协议约定的,例如,协议约定或网络侧设备配置第一目标波束信息与第二目标波束信息之间的偏移信息,终端根据第二目标波束信息,可以确定对应的第一目标波束信息。In another possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling may also carry the second target beam information of the second object without carrying the first target beam information of the first object. Next, the terminal may update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or update the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the information corresponding to the second target beam information. RS resources. Alternatively, the terminal may update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or update the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the information corresponding to the second target beam information. RS resource, and according to the second target beam information, determine the first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or change the first target beam information The first RS resource to be measured of the object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information. For example, the second target beam information is determined according to the optimal beam information of the SRS resource on the second object, and then the first target beam information is determined according to the second target beam information, or the first target beam information and the second There is a preset corresponding relationship between the two target beam information, and the corresponding relationship may be indicated by the network-side device, or may also be stipulated in the protocol, for example, the protocol stipulates or the network-side device configures the first target beam information and the second target beam information. For offset information between target beam information, the terminal may determine corresponding first target beam information according to the second target beam information.
在又一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令可以携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,在这种情况下,所述终端可以根据所述第二目标波束指示信令的指示,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。例如,在第二目标波束指示信令中可以携带第一目标波束的标识信息与第一对象的标识信 息的对应关系,以及第二目标波束的标识信息与第二对象的标识信息的对应关系。或者,第二目标波束指示信令中也可以不携带第一对象的标识信息和第二对象的标识信息,而是按照协议约定或网络侧设备的配置,按照预设顺序或预设位置携带第一目标波束信息和第二目标波束信息,指示第一目标波束信息对应第一对象,第二目标波束信息对应第二对象。In yet another possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling may carry the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, in this case, The terminal may update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the indication of the second target beam indication signaling is the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to be the same as the RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information. For example, the second target beam indication signaling may carry the correspondence between the identification information of the first target beam and the identification information of the first object, and the correspondence between the identification information of the second target beam and the identification information of the second object. Alternatively, the second target beam indication signaling may not carry the identification information of the first object and the identification information of the second object, but carry the second object in a preset order or at a preset position according to the agreement or the configuration of the network side device. Target beam information and second target beam information, indicating that the first target beam information corresponds to the first object, and the second target beam information corresponds to the second object.
在一种可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息可以包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组。In a possible implementation manner, the carrying the first target beam information of the first object in the second target beam indicating signaling may include: carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group in the second target beam indicating signaling. A common TCI state, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group.
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息可以包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object may include: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第二目标波束指示信令更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, updating the beam information of the first target object through the second target beam indication signaling or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
(1)所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示TCI状态更新为目标TCI状态。其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,也就是当前使用的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,也就是当前激活态的TCI状态。(1) The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state. Wherein, the first TCI state is the TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device last time, that is, the currently used TCI state, or the first TCI state is the TCI state of the network side The TCI state of the first target object that was last activated by the device, that is, the TCI state of the current active state.
在该可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备可以在第二目标波束指示信令中携 带目标TCI状态的标识。In this possible implementation manner, the network side device may carry an identifier of the target TCI state in the second target beam indication signaling.
(2)所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源。(2) The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource.
在该可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备可以通过第二目标波束指示信令更新第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D(QCL-TypeD)的RS资源为第一目标RS资源。例如,网络侧设备通过MAC CE命令,更新第一TCI状态中的QCL-TypeD source RS资源。所述第一TCI state可以是最近一次网络侧设备在波束指示信令中指示的TCI state,或者最近一次网络侧设备激活的TCI state,或者,网络侧设备在使用波束指示信令或激活命令向UE指示更新后的TCI state。In this possible implementation manner, the network side device may update the RS resource of QCL type D (QCL-TypeD) in the first TCI state to the first target RS resource through the second target beam indication signaling. For example, the network side device updates the QCL-TypeD source RS resource in the first TCI state through the MAC CE command. The first TCI state may be the last TCI state indicated by the network side device in the beam indication signaling, or the last TCI state activated by the network side device, or, the network side device uses the beam indication signaling or activation command to The UE indicates the updated TCI state.
例如,如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,则指示第一对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第一目标波束信息的RS资源。如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带第二对象的第二目标波束信息,则指示第二对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第二目标波束信息的RS资源。如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息,则指示第一对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第一目标波束信息的RS资源,第二对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第二目标波束信息的RS资源。For example, if the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information . If the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information. If the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, the RS resource of QCL-TypeD indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to correspond to The RS resources of the first target beam information and the RS resources of the QCL-TypeD of the first TCI state of the second object are updated to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,所述终端可以基于所述第一对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, the terminal may update the first component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the first object The beam information of each component carrier in .
在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,所述终端基于所述第二对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a case where the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group, the terminal updates the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the second object.
在本申请实施例中,对于CA场景,网络侧设备可能配置了至少一组成 员载波(Component carrier,CC),每组CC可以是对应不同对象,例如,不同band。第二目标波束指示信令指示的目标波束信息(第一目标波束信息或第二目标波束信息)用于同时更新一组CC中所有CC、所有BWP的波束信息。或者,也可以是多组CC相关联,例如,一个对象包括多组CC,则第二目标波束指示信令指示的目标波束信息(第一目标波束信息或第二目标波束信息)用于确定该对象中的每组CC的波束信息或RS资源,例如,QCL-TypeD RS资源即QCL-TypeD的源(source)RS资源,即组之间的QCL-TypeD RS资源不同,组内各CC的QCL-TypeD RS资源可以是同一个RS资源或者是不相同的RS资源。In the embodiment of this application, for the CA scenario, the network side device may be configured with at least one group of component carriers (Component carriers, CCs), and each group of CCs may correspond to different objects, for example, different bands. The target beam information indicated by the second target beam indication signaling (the first target beam information or the second target beam information) is used to simultaneously update the beam information of all CCs and all BWPs in a group of CCs. Alternatively, multiple groups of CCs may be associated. For example, if an object includes multiple groups of CCs, the target beam information (first target beam information or second target beam information) indicated by the second target beam indication signaling is used to determine the The beam information or RS resources of each group of CCs in the object, for example, QCL-TypeD RS resources are the source RS resources of QCL-TypeD, that is, the QCL-TypeD RS resources between groups are different, and the QCL of each CC in the group -TypeD RS resources can be the same RS resource or different RS resources.
在网络侧设备配置的下行链路(Downlink,DL)TCI state数量M>1和/或上行链路(Uplink,UL)TCI state数量N>1的情况下,第二目标波束指示信令可以指示不同对象的TCI state,其中,每个TCI state用于确定每个对象上至少一个CC上的多个信道或RS的波束信息。In the case where the number of downlink (Downlink, DL) TCI states configured by the network side device is M>1 and/or the number of uplink (Uplink, UL) TCI states is N>1, the second target beam indication signaling may indicate TCI states of different objects, wherein each TCI state is used to determine beam information of multiple channels or RSs on at least one CC on each object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the method may also include at least one of the following:
(1)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;例如,在至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的L1-RSRP达到预设门限时,终端可以激活或使用第一对象。(1) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition, activate or use the first object; for example, on the at least one first RS resource to be measured When the L1-RSRP reaches the preset threshold, the terminal can activate or use the first object.
(2)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或使用状态;例如,在至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的L1-RSRP达到预设第一门限时,终端可以激活或使用第一对象,并向网络侧设备发送第一通知,其中,第一通知可以携带在上述的波束报告中,也可以不携带在波束报告中。(2) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition, send a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification indicates the first object It is an activation state or a use state; for example, when the L1-RSRP on at least one first RS resource to be measured reaches a preset first threshold, the terminal may activate or use the first object, and send a first notification to the network side device, Wherein, the first notification may or may not be carried in the above-mentioned beam report.
(3)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件。第二通知可以 携带波束报告中,也可以不携带在波束报告中。(3) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies the first preset condition, send a second notification to the network side device, where the second notification indicates that the at least one first RS resource A signal quality on the RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition. The second notification may or may not be carried in the beam report.
(4)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;例如,在至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的L1-RSRP低于预设第二门限时,终端可以去激活或不使用第一对象。(4) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS to be measured resource does not meet the first preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object; for example, at least one first RS to be measured When the L1-RSRP on the resource is lower than the preset second threshold, the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object.
(5)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;例如,在至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的L1-RSRP低于预设第二门限时,终端可以去激活或不使用第一对象,并向网络侧设备发送第三通知,其中,第三通知可以携带在波束报告中,也可以不携带在波束报告中。(5) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a third notification to the network side device, where the third notification indicates that the first The object is in a deactivated state or a non-used state; for example, when the L1-RSRP on at least one first RS resource to be measured is lower than the preset second threshold, the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object, and report to the network side The device sends the third notification, where the third notification may or may not be carried in the beam report.
(6)在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;其中,第四通知可以携带在波束报告中,也可以不携带在波束报告中。(6) When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a fourth notification to the network side device, where the fourth notification indicates that the at least one The signal quality on the first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition; wherein, the fourth notification may or may not be carried in the beam report.
(7)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;例如,第一波束信息即L1-RSRP达到预设第三门限时,终端可以激活或使用第一对象。(7) When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition, activate or use the first object; for example, when the first beam information, that is, L1-RSRP reaches a preset third threshold, The terminal can activate or use the first object.
(8)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第一通知;例如,第一波束信息即L1-RSRP达到预设第三门限时,终端可以激活或使用第一对象,并向网络侧设备发送第一通知,其中,第一通知可以携带在波束报告中,例如,终端可以在波束报告中选择信号质量满足第二预设条件的第一波束信息上报。或者,终端也可以专门向网络侧设备发送第一通知。(8) When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, send the first notification to the network side device; for example, the first beam information, that is, the L1-RSRP reaches the preset third threshold Within a time limit, the terminal can activate or use the first object, and send a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification can be carried in the beam report, for example, the terminal can select the signal quality in the beam report to meet the second preset condition Report the first beam information. Alternatively, the terminal may specifically send the first notification to the network side device.
(9)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第五通知,其中,所述第五通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号 质量满足第二预设条件;其中,第五通知可以携带在波束报告中,例如,终端可以在波束报告中选择信号质量满足第二预设条件的第一波束信息上报。或者,终端也可以专门向网络侧设备发送第五通知。(9) When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, send a fifth notification to the network side device, wherein the fifth notification indicates that the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies The second preset condition; wherein, the fifth notification may be carried in the beam report, for example, the terminal may select the first beam information report whose signal quality meets the second preset condition in the beam report. Alternatively, the terminal may specifically send the fifth notification to the network side device.
(10)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象。例如,第一波束信息即L1-RSRP低于预设第四门限时,终端可以去激活或不使用第一对象。(10) When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object. For example, when the first beam information, that is, the L1-RSRP is lower than the preset fourth threshold, the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object.
(11)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第三通知。例如,第一波束信息即L1-RSRP低于预设第四门限时,终端可以去激活或不使用第一对象,并向网络侧设备发送第三通知。(11) When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, sending the third notification to the network side device. For example, when the first beam information, that is, the L1-RSRP is lower than the preset fourth threshold, the terminal may deactivate or not use the first object, and send a third notification to the network side device.
(12)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第六通知,其中,所述第六通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件;(12) When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, sending a sixth notification to the network side device, wherein the sixth notification indicates the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition;
(13)在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端激活或使用所述第一对象,其中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备指示或激活的第一对象的波束信息。(13) When the performance of transmitting the channel or reference signal using the first target beam information satisfies the third preset condition, the terminal activates or uses the first object, wherein the first target beam information is network Beam information of the first object indicated or activated by the side device.
(14)在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端发送所述第一通知;(14) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a third preset condition, the terminal sends the first notification;
(15)在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;(15) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, the terminal sends a seventh notification to the network side device, where the seventh notification indicates that the The performance of the terminal when using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal meets a third preset condition;
(16)在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端去激活或不使用所述第一对象;(16) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object;
(17)在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端发送所述第三通知;(17) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, the terminal sends the third notification;
(18)在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;(18) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition, the terminal sends an eighth notification to the network side device, wherein the eighth notification indicates The performance of the terminal when using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
(19)所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第一信令激活或使用所述第一对象;(19) The terminal activates or uses the first object according to the first signaling sent by the network side device;
(20)所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第二信令去激活或不使用所述第一对象。(20) The terminal deactivates or does not use the first object according to the second signaling sent by the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,该方法还可以包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the method may also include at least one of the following:
(1)在使用第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端激活或使用所述第二对象,其中,所述第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备指示或激活的第二对象的波束信息,例如,上述第一目标波束指示信令中携带的第二对象的第二目标波束信息;或者,所述第二目标波束信息为根据网络侧设备指示或激活的第一对象的第一目标波束信息确定的第二对象的波束信息,例如,第一目标波束指示信令中携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,终端根据第一目标波束信息,可以确定第二对象的第二目标波束信息。(1) When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, the terminal activates or uses the second object, wherein the second target beam information is network The beam information of the second object indicated or activated by the side device, for example, the second target beam information of the second object carried in the above-mentioned first target beam indication signaling; or, the second target beam information is based on the network side device The beam information of the second object determined by the first target beam information of the indicated or activated first object, for example, the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and the terminal according to the first target beam information , the second target beam information of the second object may be determined.
(2)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象为激活状态或使用状态。例如,终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,激活或使用第二对象,并向网络侧设备发送第九通知。(2) When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal meets the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends a ninth notification to the network side device, where the ninth notification indicates that the The second object is in an active state or in use state. For example, the terminal activates or uses the second object, and sends a ninth notification to the network side device when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition.
(3)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件。(3) When the performance of the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends a tenth notification to the network side device, wherein the tenth notification indicates that the The performance of the terminal when using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition.
(4)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端去激活或不使用所述第二对象。(4) In a case where performance of using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a fourth preset condition, the terminal deactivates or does not use the second object.
(5)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态。(5) In the case that the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends an eleventh notification to the network side device, wherein the eleventh notification The notification indicates that the second object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state.
(6)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件。(6) When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, the terminal sends a twelfth notification to the network side device, wherein the twelfth The notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition.
(7)所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第三信令激活或使用所述第二对象。(7) The terminal activates or uses the second object according to the third signaling sent by the network side device.
(8)所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第四信令去激活或不使用所述第二对象。(8) The terminal deactivates or does not use the second object according to the fourth signaling sent by the network side device.
例如,第一对象为band1和panel1,第二对象是band2和panel2,即UE的两个panel分别支持不同的band。UE使用panel1测量band1上的CSI-RS资源,使用panel2测量band2上的SRS资源上发送SRS。UE在beam report中上报测量结果,即对应band1的CRI和L1-RSRP。UE可以根据band1对应的L1-RSRP值,判断是否激活或使用band1所在的panel。UE还可以根据网络指示的第二对象的第二目标波束信息在传输信道时的质量来判断是否激活或使用band2所在的panel。For example, the first object is band1 and panel1, and the second object is band2 and panel2, that is, the two panels of the UE support different bands respectively. The UE uses panel1 to measure the CSI-RS resource on band1, and uses panel2 to measure the SRS resource on band2 to send SRS. The UE reports the measurement results in the beam report, that is, the CRI and L1-RSRP corresponding to band1. The UE can judge whether to activate or use the panel where the band1 is located according to the L1-RSRP value corresponding to the band1. The UE may also determine whether to activate or use the panel where the band2 is located according to the quality of the second target beam information of the second object indicated by the network during the transmission channel.
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,终端在对第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源进行测量,并上报波束报告后,可以发送对应第二对象的SRS,以使网络侧设备对所述SRS进行测量,并进一步根据对SRS进行测量的结果以及终端上报的第一对象的波束报告,向终端发送用于确定第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息的波束指示信令,从而使得终端与网络侧设备在第一对象上和第二对象上的波束链路都能对齐,避免了由于波束斜视导致网络与UE之间的波束链路对不准的问题。Through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, after the terminal measures the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object and reports the beam report, it can send the SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network side device can monitor the The SRS performs measurement, and further sends to the terminal a message for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object according to the result of the SRS measurement and the beam report of the first object reported by the terminal. Beam indication signaling, so that the beam links of the terminal and the network side equipment on the first object and the second object can be aligned, avoiding the problem of misalignment of the beam link between the network and the UE due to beam squint .
图3示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定方法的另一种流程示意图,该方法300可以由网络侧设备执行。换言之,所述方法可以由安装在网络侧设备上的软件或硬件来执行。如图3所示,该方法可以包括以下步骤。FIG. 3 shows another schematic flowchart of a method for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application, and the method 300 may be executed by a network side device. In other words, the method can be executed by software or hardware installed on the network side device. As shown in Fig. 3, the method may include the following steps.
S310,网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源。S310. The network side device sends configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object.
方法300是与方法200对应的网络侧设备的实施例,具有与方法200对应的实现方式,在本申请实施例中,只能其中部分实现方式进行说明,其它未尽事宜,可以参见上述方法200中的描述。 Method 300 is an embodiment of the network-side device corresponding to method 200, and has an implementation manner corresponding to method 200. In the embodiment of this application, only part of the implementation manners will be described. For other unfinished matters, please refer to the above-mentioned method 200. in the description.
S312,所述网络侧设备接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息。S312. The network side device receives a beam report reported by the terminal, where the beam report carries first beam information of the first object.
其中,该波束报告与上述方法200中的波束报告相同,具体可以参见方法200中的描述。Wherein, the beam report is the same as the beam report in the above-mentioned method 200 , for details, please refer to the description in the method 200 .
S314,所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS。S314. The network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object.
S316,所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。S316. The network side device sends a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
通过本申请实施例提供的技术方案,网络侧设备可以根据终端在对第一对象对应的第一待测量RS资源进行测量后上报的波束报告,以及对终端在第二对象上发送的SRS进行测量,向终端发送用于确定第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息的波束指示信令,从而使得终端与网络侧设备在第一对象上和第二对象上的波束链路都能对齐,避免了由于波束斜视导致网络与UE之间的波束链路对不准的问题。Through the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, the network side device can measure the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object according to the beam report reported by the terminal after measuring the first RS resource to be measured corresponding to the first object , sending to the terminal beam indication signaling for determining the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, so that the terminal and the network side device on the first object and on the second object The beam links can all be aligned, avoiding the problem of misalignment of the beam links between the network and the UE due to beam squint.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,可以包括:所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果 中的至少一项,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息;和/或,所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息和在第二对象上使用的所述第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, the network side device sends the first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, which may include: the network side device Based on at least one of the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, determine the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object; and/or, the network side The device determines the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object and the second target used by the terminal on the second object based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS beam information.
例如,网络侧设备可以根据波束报告中各个第一待测量RS资源的L1-RSRP值,确定第一对象上的第一目标波束信息,根据对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,确定第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。或者,也可以结合所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,确定第一对象上的第一目标波束信息和第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。For example, the network side device can determine the first target beam information on the first object according to the L1-RSRP value of each first RS resource to be measured in the beam report, and determine the second object according to the result obtained by measuring the SRS The second target beam information on . Alternatively, the first target beam information on the first object and the second target beam information on the second object may also be determined in combination with the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS.
例如,UE在band1上测量一个CSI-RS resource set中的CSI-RS resource,根据测量结果UE选择了2个质量较优的CSI-RS资源,在beam report中上报CRI1和CRI2(CSI-RS resource indicator),以及两个CRI各自的L1-RSRP。对应CRI1和CRI2的是UE Rx beam1和Rx beam2。其中信号质量最好的是CRI1,对应UE的DL Rx beam1。网络侧设备使用多个UL Rx beam接收并测量第二对象上的SRS资源,其中,UE发送SRS使用的是UL Tx beam1,网络侧设备根据测量结果确定出最优的UL Rx beam为UL Rx beam2。则网络侧设备可以确定第一对象的第一目标波束信息中的source RS为CSI-RS resource1,UE侧对应为UE Rx beam1,网络侧设备对应为DL Tx beam1,第二目标波束信息为UE侧发送SRS使用的UL Tx beam1,或与UL Rx beam2对应的DL Rx beam2,网络侧设备与UL Rx beam2对应的DL Tx beam2。For example, UE measures a CSI-RS resource in a CSI-RS resource set on band1, selects two CSI-RS resources with better quality according to the measurement result, and reports CRI1 and CRI2 (CSI-RS resource indicator), and the respective L1-RSRP of the two CRIs. Corresponding to CRI1 and CRI2 are UE Rx beam1 and Rx beam2. Among them, the best signal quality is CRI1, which corresponds to DL Rx beam1 of UE. The network-side device uses multiple UL Rx beams to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object. Among them, the UE sends SRS using UL Tx beam1, and the network-side device determines the optimal UL Rx beam as UL Rx beam2 according to the measurement results. . Then the network side device can determine that the source RS in the first target beam information of the first object is CSI-RS resource1, the UE side corresponds to UE Rx beam1, the network side device corresponds to DL Tx beam1, and the second target beam information is UE side UL Tx beam1 used to send SRS, or DL Rx beam2 corresponding to UL Rx beam2, and DL Tx beam2 corresponding to UL Rx beam2 on the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备测量终端在第二对象上发送的SRS时,可以在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备使用一个第一接收波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量。例如,网络侧设备使用1个UL Rx beam接收并测量第二对象上的SRS资源,确定出较优的SRS资源,根据该SRS资源的波束信息可以确定第二对象上的第二目标波束信息,例如,该SRS资源的波束信息即为第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, when the network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object, the network side device may use a first receiving beam on each SRS resource configured for the second object The SRS is received and measured. For example, the network side device uses one UL Rx beam to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object, and determine a better SRS resource, and determine the second target beam information on the second object according to the beam information of the SRS resource. For example, the beam information of the SRS resource is the second target beam information on the second object.
或者,在另一个可能的实现方式中,在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备也可以分别使用多个第二接收波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量。例如,网络使用多个UL Rx beam接收并测量第二对象上的SRS资源,并根据测量结果确定出较优的UL Rx beam,进而可确定出第二对象上的DL Tx beam,此时第二对象上的第二目标波束信息在UE侧的Rx beam可以与第一目标波束信息在UE侧的Rx beam相同。Or, in another possible implementation manner, on each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network side device may also respectively use multiple second receiving beams to receive and measure the SRS. For example, the network uses multiple UL Rx beams to receive and measure the SRS resource on the second object, and determines a better UL Rx beam according to the measurement results, and then determines the DL Tx beam on the second object. At this time, the second The Rx beam on the UE side of the second target beam information on the object may be the same as the Rx beam on the UE side of the first target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一目标波束指示信令可以为波束指示信令或波束激活信令,即第一目标波束指示信令用于指示或激活第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first target beam indication signaling may be beam indication signaling or beam activation signaling, that is, the first target beam indication signaling is used to indicate or activate the first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,第一波束指示信令中携带所述第一目标波束信息。在该可能的实现方式中,终端在接收第一目标波束指示信令后,可以根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束信息,具体可以参见上述方法200中的相关描述。In a possible implementation manner, the first target beam information is carried in the first beam indication signaling. In this possible implementation manner, after receiving the first target beam indication signaling, the terminal may determine the second target beam information according to the first target beam information. For details, refer to related descriptions in the foregoing method 200 .
或者,在另一个可能的实现方式中,第一波束指示信令中携带所述第二目标波束信息。在该可能的实现方式中,终端在接收第一目标波束指示信令后,可以根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一目标波束信息,具体可以参见上述方法200中的相关描述。Or, in another possible implementation manner, the second target beam information is carried in the first beam indication signaling. In this possible implementation manner, after receiving the first target beam indication signaling, the terminal may determine the first target beam information according to the second target beam information. For details, refer to related descriptions in the above-mentioned method 200 .
在另一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带所述第一目标波束信息和所述第二目标波束信息。终端根据第一目标波束指示信令中携带的所述第一目标波束信息和所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。In another possible implementation manner, the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information and the second target beam information. The terminal determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target of the second object according to the first target beam information and the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling beam information.
在上述可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。In the foregoing possible implementation manner, the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
在上述可能的实现方式中,第一目标波束信息可以包括第一目标波束的 标识信息,例如,ID或编号等,如,TCI state ID。第二目标波束信息可以包括第二目标波束的标识信息,例如,ID或编号等。如,TCI state ID。In the foregoing possible implementation manner, the first target beam information may include identification information of the first target beam, for example, ID or serial number, etc., such as TCI state ID. The second target beam information may include identification information of the second target beam, for example, ID or serial number. For example, TCI state ID.
在一个可能的实现方式中,在所述网络侧设备接收所述终端上报的波束报告之后,所述方法还包括:所述网络侧设备更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, after the network side device receives the beam report reported by the terminal, the method further includes: the network side device updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the first target object An RS resource of an object to be measured, wherein the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
网络侧设备和终端可以分别自动更新第一目标对象的波束信息或第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。例如,网络侧设备可以根据UE发送的波束报告中包含的第一对象的第一波束信息,更新第一对象的波束信息或第一对象的第一待测量RS资源;和/或,根据测量第二对象上的SRS,更新第二对象的波束信息或第二对象的第二待测量RS资源。The network-side device and the terminal may respectively automatically update the beam information of the first target object or the RS resource to be measured of the first target object. For example, the network side device may update the beam information of the first object or the first RS resource to be measured of the first object according to the first beam information of the first object included in the beam report sent by the UE; and/or, according to the measured first The SRS on the second object updates the beam information of the second object or the second RS resource to be measured of the second object.
可选地,网络侧设备也可以指示终端进行更新,因此,在所述网络侧设备更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源之后,所述方法还包括:所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。Optionally, the network side device may also instruct the terminal to update, therefore, after the network side device updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, the method further includes : the network side device sends a second target beam indication signaling to the terminal, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or update the to-be-measured of the first target object RS resources.
在上述可能的实现方式中,可选地,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,包括以下之一:In the foregoing possible implementation manner, optionally, the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, including one of the following:
所述第二目标波束指示信息携带所述第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or to update the first target beam information of the first object updating the RS resource to be measured to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信息携带所述第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为与所述第一目标波束信息 对应的第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or to update the first target beam information of the first object to updating the measurement RS resources to RS resources corresponding to the first target beam information; and instructing the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to second target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information, or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信息携带所述第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication information carries the second target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information of the second object updating the RS resource to be measured to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信息携带所述第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication information carries the second target beam information, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information of the second object updating the RS resources to be measured to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information; and instructing the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to first target beam information corresponding to the second target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信息携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。The second target beam indication information carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information. target beam information or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to an RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and instruct the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the The second target beam information, or updating the second to-be-measured RS resource of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information.
在上述可能的实现方式中,可选地,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组。In the foregoing possible implementation manner, optionally, the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first component carrier A first common TCI state of the group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group.
可选地,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息可以包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。Optionally, the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object may include: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, Wherein, the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
可选地,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示 信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。Optionally, the second target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indicating signaling carries The first common TCI status of the first component carrier group and the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes The second component carrier group.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示(TCI)状态更新为目标TCI状态;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indicator (TCI) state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,也就是当前使用的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,也就是当前激活态的TCI状态。Wherein, the first TCI state is the TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device last time, that is, the currently used TCI state, or the first TCI state is the TCI state of the network side The TCI state of the first target object that was last activated by the device, that is, the TCI state of the current active state.
在该可能的实现方式中,网络侧设备可以通过第二目标波束指示信令更新第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D(QCL-TypeD)的RS资源为第一目标RS资源。例如,网络侧设备通过MAC CE命令,更新第一TCI状态中的QCL-TypeD source RS资源。所述第一TCI state可以是最近一次网络侧设备在波束指示信令中指示的TCI state,或者最近一次网络侧设备激活的TCI state,或者,网络侧设备在使用波束指示信令或激活命令向UE指示更新后的TCI state。In this possible implementation manner, the network side device may update the RS resource of QCL type D (QCL-TypeD) in the first TCI state to the first target RS resource through the second target beam indication signaling. For example, the network side device updates the QCL-TypeD source RS resource in the first TCI state through the MAC CE command. The first TCI state may be the last TCI state indicated by the network side device in the beam indication signaling, or the last TCI state activated by the network side device, or, the network side device uses the beam indication signaling or activation command to The UE indicates the updated TCI state.
例如,如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,则指示第一对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第一目标波束信息的RS资源。如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带第二对象的第二目标波束信息,则指示第二对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第二目标波束信息的RS资源。如果第二目标波束指示信令中携带 第一对象的第一目标波束信息和第二对象的第二目标波束信息,则指示第一对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第一目标波束信息的RS资源,第二对象的第一TCI状态的QCL-TypeD的RS资源更新为对应第二目标波束信息的RS资源。For example, if the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information . If the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, the QCL-TypeD RS resource indicating the first TCI state of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information. If the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, the RS resource of QCL-TypeD indicating the first TCI state of the first object is updated to correspond to The RS resources of the first target beam information and the RS resources of the QCL-TypeD of the first TCI state of the second object are updated to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式,所述方法还可以包括:在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,所述网络侧设备基于所述第一对象更新后的第一目标波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息;和/或在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,所述网络侧设备基于所述第二对象更新后的第二目标波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, the method may further include: when the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, the network side device updates the first target beam based on the first object information to update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group; and/or in the case that the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group, the network side device based on the second The updated second target beam information is used to update the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group.
在本申请实施例中,对于CA场景,网络侧设备可能配置了至少一组成员载波(Component carrier,CC),每组CC可以是对应不同对象,例如,不同band。第二目标波束指示信令指示的目标波束信息(第一目标波束信息或第二目标波束信息)用于同时更新一组CC中所有CC、所有BWP的波束信息。或者,也可以是多组CC相关联,例如,一个对象包括多组CC,则第二目标波束指示信令指示的目标波束信息(第一目标波束信息或第二目标波束信息)用于确定该对象中的每组CC的波束信息或RS资源,例如,QCL-TypeD RS资源,即组之间的QCL-TypeD RS资源不同,组内各CC的QCL-TypeD RS资源可以是同一个RS资源或者是不相同的RS资源。In the embodiment of the present application, for the CA scenario, the network side device may be configured with at least one group of component carriers (Component carriers, CCs), and each group of CCs may correspond to different objects, for example, different bands. The target beam information indicated by the second target beam indication signaling (the first target beam information or the second target beam information) is used to simultaneously update the beam information of all CCs and all BWPs in a group of CCs. Alternatively, multiple groups of CCs may be associated. For example, if an object includes multiple groups of CCs, the target beam information (first target beam information or second target beam information) indicated by the second target beam indication signaling is used to determine the The beam information or RS resources of each group of CCs in the object, for example, QCL-TypeD RS resources, that is, the QCL-TypeD RS resources between groups are different, and the QCL-TypeD RS resources of each CC in the group can be the same RS resource or is not the same as the RS resource.
在网络侧设备配置的下行链路(Downlink,DL)TCI state数量M>1和/或上行链路(Uplink,UL)TCI state数量N>1的情况下,第二目标波束指示信令可以指示不同对象的TCI state,其中,每个TCI state用于确定每个对象上至少一个CC上的多个信道或RS的波束信息。In the case where the number of downlink (Downlink, DL) TCI states configured by the network side device is M>1 and/or the number of uplink (Uplink, UL) TCI states is N>1, the second target beam indication signaling may indicate TCI states of different objects, wherein each TCI state is used to determine beam information of multiple channels or RSs on at least one CC on each object.
在上述各个可能的实现方式中,所述第一对象和所述第二对象分别包括以下至少之一:In each of the above possible implementation manners, the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following:
小区;District;
带宽部分(BWP);bandwidth part (BWP);
子带(sub-band);sub-band (sub-band);
频带(band);frequency band (band);
发送接收点(TRP);Transmit Receive Point (TRP);
终端面板;terminal panel;
载波。carrier.
可选地,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:Optionally, the method also includes at least one of the following:
(1)接收所述终端发送的第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或者使用状态;(1) receiving a first notification sent by the terminal, where the first notification indicates that the first object is in an activated state or in use state;
(2)接收所述终端发送的第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;(2) receiving a third notification sent by the terminal, wherein the third notification indicates that the first object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
(3)接收所述终端发送的第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件;(3) receiving a second notification sent by the terminal, where the second notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured meets a first preset condition;
(4)接收所述终端发送的第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;(4) receiving a fourth notification sent by the terminal, where the fourth notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition;
(5)在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;需要说明的是,网络侧设备激活或使用第一对象,是指通过网络信令来通知UE激活或使用某个对象,而非网络侧设备本身激活或使用某个对象。(5) When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, activate or use the first object; it should be noted that the activation or use of the first object by the network side device refers to The network signaling is used to notify the UE to activate or use a certain object, rather than the network side device itself to activate or use a certain object.
(6)所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;(6) When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
(7)在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;(7) When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, activate or use the first object;
(8)接收所述终端发送的第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;(8) Receive a seventh notification sent by the terminal, where the seventh notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal meets a third preset condition;
(9)在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第 三预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;(9) When the performance of using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
(10)接收所述终端发送的第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;(10) Receive an eighth notification sent by the terminal, where the eighth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
(11)向所述终端发送第一信令,其中,所述第一信令指示激活或使用所述第一对象;例如,网络侧设备可以根据终端上报的波束报告和/或上述至少一个通知,确定激活或使用第一对象。例如,当波束报告中的第一波束信息满足预设条件时,如波束报告中至少一个L1-RSRP达到预设第一门限,则激活或使用第一对象。或者,在终端上报的波束报告中包括第一对象的第一波束信息时激活或使用第一对象,无需判断条件。(11) Send the first signaling to the terminal, where the first signaling indicates to activate or use the first object; for example, the network side device may report the beam according to the terminal report and/or at least one notification , to determine whether to activate or use the first object. For example, when the first beam information in the beam report satisfies a preset condition, if at least one L1-RSRP in the beam report reaches a preset first threshold, the first object is activated or used. Alternatively, when the first beam information of the first object is included in the beam report reported by the terminal, the first object is activated or used without a determination condition.
(12)向所述终端发送第二信令,其中,所述第二信令指示去激活或不使用所述第一对象。例如,网络侧设备可以根据终端上报的波束报告和/或上述至少一个通知,确定去激活或不使用第一对象。例如,当波束报告中的第一波束信息不满足预设条件时,如波束报告中任一个L1-RSRP都未达到预设第一门限,则去激活或不使用第一对象。(12) Sending second signaling to the terminal, where the second signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the first object. For example, the network side device may determine to deactivate or not use the first object according to the beam report reported by the terminal and/or the at least one notification above. For example, when the first beam information in the beam report does not meet the preset condition, if any L1-RSRP in the beam report does not reach the preset first threshold, the first object is deactivated or not used.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation, the method further includes at least one of the following:
(1)接收所述终端发送的第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象为激活状态或使用状态;(1) receiving a ninth notification sent by the terminal, wherein the ninth notification indicates that the second object is in an activated state or in use state;
(2)接收终端发送的第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;(2) receiving the eleventh notification sent by the terminal, wherein the eleventh notification indicates that the second object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
(3)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第六预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;(3) activating or using the second object when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a sixth preset condition;
(4)接收所述终端发送的第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件;(4) Receive a tenth notification sent by the terminal, where the tenth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal meets a fourth preset condition;
(5)在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;(5) When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
(6)接收所述终端发送的第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件;(6) Receive the twelfth notification sent by the terminal, where the twelfth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition;
(7)在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果满足第五预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;(7) activating or using the second object when the result obtained by measuring the SRS satisfies the fifth preset condition;
例如,网络侧设备可以在所述SRS的L1-RSRP达到预设门限时,激活或使用所述第二对象。For example, the network side device may activate or use the second object when the L1-RSRP of the SRS reaches a preset threshold.
(8)在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果不满足第五预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;(8) When the result obtained by measuring the SRS does not meet the fifth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
(9)向所述终端发送第三信令,其中,所述第三信令指示激活或使用所述第二对象;(9) Sending third signaling to the terminal, where the third signaling indicates activation or use of the second object;
(10)向所述终端发送第四信令,其中,所述第四信令指示去激活或不使用所述第二对象。(10) Sending fourth signaling to the terminal, where the fourth signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the second object.
例如,第一对象是band1和panel1,第二对象是band2和panel2,即UE的两个panel分别支持不同的band。UE使用panel1测量band1上的CSI-RS资源,使用panel2在band2上的SRS资源上发送SRS。UE在beam report中上报测量结果,即对应band1的CRI和L1-RSRP。网络侧设备可以根据band1对应的L1-RSRP值,以及band2上的SRS的L1-RSRP值,判断是否激活或使用各个band所在的panel。网络侧设备发送信令给UE,通知UE激活或使用相应的band和panel来收发信道或参考信号。For example, the first object is band1 and panel1, and the second object is band2 and panel2, that is, the two panels of the UE support different bands respectively. The UE uses panel1 to measure the CSI-RS resource on band1, and uses panel2 to send SRS on the SRS resource on band2. The UE reports the measurement results in the beam report, that is, the CRI and L1-RSRP corresponding to band1. The network side device can judge whether to activate or use the panel where each band is located according to the L1-RSRP value corresponding to band1 and the L1-RSRP value of the SRS on band2. The network-side device sends signaling to the UE, notifying the UE to activate or use the corresponding band and panel to send and receive channels or reference signals.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定方法,执行主体可以为波束信息的确定装置,或者,该波束信息的确定装置中的用于执行波束信息的确定方法的控制模块。本申请实施例中以波束信息的确定装置执行波束信息的确定方法为例,说明本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置。It should be noted that the beam information determining method provided in the embodiment of the present application may be executed by the beam information determining device, or a control module in the beam information determining device for executing the beam information determining method. In the embodiment of the present application, the method for determining the beam information performed by the apparatus for determining beam information is taken as an example to illustrate the apparatus for determining beam information provided in the embodiment of the present application.
图4示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置的一种结构示意图,如图4所示,该装置400主要包括:第一测量模块401、上报模块402、第一 发送模块403、第一接收模块404和第一确定模块405。Fig. 4 shows a schematic structural diagram of an apparatus for determining beam information provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 4 , the apparatus 400 mainly includes: a first measurement module 401, a reporting module 402, a first sending module 403, a first A receiving module 404 and a first determining module 405 .
在本申请实施例中,第一测量模块401,用于根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;上报模块402,用于根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;第一发送模块403,用于发送对应第二对象的SRS,以使网络侧设备对所述SRS进行测量;第一接收模块404,用于接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;第一确定模块405,用于根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the first measurement module 401 is configured to measure the signal quality on at least one first RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, wherein the first RS resource to be measured is related to the first object Corresponding; the reporting module 402, configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, wherein the beam report includes the first beam information of the first object; the first sending module 403, configured to send the corresponding second The SRS of the object, so that the network side device measures the SRS; the first receiving module 404 is used to receive the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device; the first determination module 405 is used to The first target beam indication signaling is used to determine the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一发送模块403发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS,包括:In a possible implementation, the first sending module 403 sends the Sounding Reference Signal SRS corresponding to the second object, including:
根据所述网络侧设备配置的SRS资源信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。Sending the SRS on the second object according to the SRS resource information configured by the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一发送模块403在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first sending module 403 sending the SRS on the second object includes:
根据所述第一波束信息、所述第一目标波束信息以及所述SRS资源信息中的波束信息中的至少一项,确定在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS所使用的第二波束信息;According to at least one of the first beam information, the first target beam information, and the beam information in the SRS resource information, determine the second beam information used for sending the SRS on the second object ;
采用所述第二波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。Sending the SRS on the second object using the second beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一发送模块403采用所述第二波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first sending module 403 uses the second beam information to send the SRS on the second object, including:
在多个SRS资源上使用所述第二波束信息发送所述SRS。sending the SRS by using the second beam information on multiple SRS resources.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二波束信息包括多个波束信息,不同的所述SRS资源上发送所述SRS使用的波束信息不完全相同。In a possible implementation manner, the second beam information includes multiple beam information, and the beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is not completely the same.
在一个可能的实现方式中,不同的所述SRS资源上发送所述SRS使用的波束信息相同。In a possible implementation manner, beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is the same.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一发送模块403发送对应第二对象的SRS,包括:In a possible implementation, the first sending module 403 sends the SRS corresponding to the second object, including:
根据所述第一对象的第一SRS资源的第三波束信息,确定在所述第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息;determining fourth beam information used for sending SRS on the second object according to the third beam information of the first SRS resource of the first object;
使用所述第四波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。Sending the SRS on the second object using the fourth beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第三波束信息的确定方式包括如下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the manner of determining the third beam information includes at least one of the following:
根据所述第一波束信息确定;determined according to the first beam information;
根据所述第一目标波束信息确定;determined according to the first target beam information;
根据网络侧设备指示的所述第一SRS资源的波束信息确定。Determine according to the beam information of the first SRS resource indicated by the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一发送模块403发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS之前,还用于发送通知消息,其中,所述通知消息指示所述终端当前使用公共波束管理CBM模式;和/或,In a possible implementation manner, the first sending module 403 is further configured to send a notification message before sending the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, where the notification message indicates that the terminal is currently using a common beam management CBM mode; and/or,
所述第一接收模块404还用于在所述第一发送模块403发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS之前,接收所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端使用CBM模式。The first receiving module 404 is further configured to receive first indication information of the network side device before the first sending module 403 sends the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, wherein the first indication information Instruct the terminal to use the CBM mode.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一确定模块405根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括以下之一:In a possible implementation manner, the first determining module 405 determines the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling , including one of the following:
在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的情况下,确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,并根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息;In the case that the first target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, determine that the target beam information of the first object is the information carried in the first target beam indicating signaling first target beam information, and determine second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information;
在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,确定所述第二对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第二目标波束信息,并根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一 对象的第一目标波束信息;In the case that the first target beam indicating signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, determining that the target beam information of the second object is the information carried in the first target beam indicating signaling second target beam information, and determine first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information;
在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带的第二目标波束信息。In a case where the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, determine that the target beam information of the first object is the The first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and the second target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一确定模块405根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first determining module 405 determines the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, including:
获取与所述第一目标波束信息对应的第三目标波束信息,其中,所述第三目标波束信息为根据所述第一目标波束信息确定的发送所述SRS所使用的波束信息;Acquiring third target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information, where the third target beam information is the beam information used to send the SRS determined according to the first target beam information;
根据所述第三目标波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束信息。Determine the second target beam information according to the third target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括第一更新模块,用于更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes a first updating module, configured to update beam information of a first target object or update RS resources to be measured of the first target object, wherein the first target object Including: at least one of the first object and the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一接收模块404还用于:接收网络侧设备发送的第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。In a possible implementation manner, the first receiving module 404 is further configured to: receive the second target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the first target object or update the RS resources to be measured of the first target object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一更新模块根据所述第二目标波束指示信令,更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,包括以下之一:In a possible implementation manner, the first updating module updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resources to be measured of the first target object according to the second target beam indication signaling, including: one of the following:
在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的 情况下,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;In the case that the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first target beam information The first RS resource to be measured of the object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
在所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的情况下,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;In the case that the second target beam indication signaling indicates the first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or update the first target beam information updating the first RS resource to be measured of the object to an RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and determining second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, and converting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;In the case that the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or update the second target beam information The second RS resource to be measured of the object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
在所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;In the case that the second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object, update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or update the second target beam information updating the second RS resource to be measured of the object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information; and determining the first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information, and setting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of an object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,根据所述第二目标波束指示信令的指示,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者 将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。In the case that the second target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, according to the indication of the second target beam indicating signaling , updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resources to be measured of the second object to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组;或者,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组;或者,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group. A common TCI state, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group; or, the second target beam indication signaling carries second target beam information of the second object, including: the The second target beam indication signaling carries the second common TCI status of the second component carrier group, where the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or, the second target beam indication signaling carries The first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object include: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first common TCI state and the second The second common TCI status of the component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示TCI状态更新为目标TCI状态;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态。Wherein, the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device. The TCI state of the first target object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一更新模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the first update module is also used for:
在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,基于所述第一对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信 息;和/或In the case that the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, based on the updated beam information of the first object, update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group; and/or
在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,基于所述第二对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a case where the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group, based on the updated beam information of the second object, the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group is updated.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一对象和所述第二对象分别包括以下至少之一:小区;载波;带宽部分(BWP);子带(sub-band);频带(band);发送接收点(TRP);终端面板。In a possible implementation manner, the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a carrier; a bandwidth part (BWP); a sub-band (sub-band); a frequency band (band); Receive Point (TRP); terminal panel.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第一执行模块,用于执行以下至少一项操作:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a first execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured meets a first preset condition, activate or use the first object;
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或使用状态;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition, sending a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification indicates that the first object is in an active state or usage status;
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件;When the signal quality on the at least one first to-be-measured RS resource satisfies the first preset condition, send a second notification to the network side device, where the second notification indicates the at least one first to-be-measured RS resource The signal quality on the RS resource meets the first preset condition;
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet a first preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a third notification to the network side device, where the third notification indicates that the first object is to active or inactive;
在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a fourth notification to the network side device, where the fourth notification indicates that the at least one first RS resource to be measured Measuring the signal quality on the RS resource does not meet the first preset condition;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使 用所述第一对象;When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition, activate or use the first object;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第一通知;When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition, sending the first notification to the network side device;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第五通知,其中,所述第五通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件;When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, send a fifth notification to the network side device, where the fifth notification indicates that the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition set conditions;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet a second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第三通知;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, sending the third notification to the network side device;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第六通知,其中,所述第六通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, send a sixth notification to the network side device, where the sixth notification indicates that the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the first preset condition. 2. Preconditions;
在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象,其中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备指示或激活的第一对象的波束信息;Activate or use the first object when the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, where the first target beam information is indicated or activated by the network side device beam information of the first object;
在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,发送所述第一通知;Sending the first notification when the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a third preset condition;
在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, send a seventh notification to the network side device, where the seventh notification indicates that the terminal is using the The performance of the first target beam information transmission channel or the reference signal satisfies the third preset condition;
在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端去激活或不使用所述第一对象;In a case where the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object;
在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,发送所述第三通知;Sending the third notification when the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition, send an eighth notification to the network side device, where the eighth notification indicates that the terminal is using the The performance of the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition;
根据网络侧设备发送的第一信令激活或使用所述第一对象;activate or use the first object according to the first signaling sent by the network side device;
根据网络侧设备发送的第二信令去激活或不使用所述第一对象。The first object is deactivated or not used according to the second signaling sent by the network side device.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第二执行模块,用于执行以下至少一项操作:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes: a second execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
在使用第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;activating or using the second object when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象为激活状态或使用状态;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal meets the fourth preset condition, send a ninth notification to the network side device, where the ninth notification indicates that the second object is activated state or state of use;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, send a tenth notification to the network side device, where the tenth notification indicates that the terminal is using the The performance of the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a fourth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, send an eleventh notification to the network side device, where the eleventh notification indicates that the second The object is deactivated or not in use;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, send a twelfth notification to the network side device, where the twelfth notification indicates that the terminal is in The performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition;
根据网络侧设备发送的第三信令激活或使用所述第二对象;activate or use the second object according to the third signaling sent by the network side device;
根据网络侧设备发送的第四信令去激活或不使用所述第二对象。The second object is deactivated or not used according to the fourth signaling sent by the network side device.
本申请实施例中的波束信息的确定装置可以是装置,也可以是终端中的部件、集成电路、或芯片。该装置可以是移动终端,也可以为非移动终端。示例性的,移动终端可以包括但不限于上述所列举的终端11的类型,非移动终端可以为服务器、网络附属存储器(Network Attached Storage,NAS)、个人计算机(personal computer,PC)、电视机(television,TV)、柜员机或者自助机等,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The apparatus for determining beam information in the embodiment of the present application may be a device, or may be a component, an integrated circuit, or a chip in a terminal. The device may be a mobile terminal or a non-mobile terminal. Exemplarily, the mobile terminal may include but not limited to the types of terminals 11 listed above, and the non-mobile terminal may be a server, a network attached storage (Network Attached Storage, NAS), a personal computer (personal computer, PC), a television ( television, TV), teller machines or self-service machines, etc., are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例中的波束信息的确定装置可以为具有操作系统的装置。该操作系统可以为安卓(Android)操作系统,可以为ios操作系统,还可以为其他可能的操作系统,本申请实施例不作具体限定。The apparatus for determining beam information in this embodiment of the present application may be an apparatus with an operating system. The operating system may be an Android (Android) operating system, an ios operating system, or other possible operating systems, which are not specifically limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置能够实现图2至图3的方法实施例中终端实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The apparatus for determining beam information provided by the embodiment of the present application can realize various processes implemented by the terminal in the method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 3 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
图5示出本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置的另一种结构示意图,如图5所示,该装置500主要包括:第二发送模块501、第二接收模块502、第二测量模块503以及第三发送模块504。Fig. 5 shows another schematic structural diagram of the device for determining beam information provided by the embodiment of the present application. As shown in Fig. 5, the device 500 mainly includes: a second sending module 501, a second receiving module 502, and a second measuring module 503 and a third sending module 504.
在本申请实施例,第二发送模块501,用于向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源;第二接收模块502,用于接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息;第二测量模块503,用于测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS;第三发送模块504,用于基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。In this embodiment of the present application, the second sending module 501 is configured to send configuration information to the terminal, wherein the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object; the second receiving module 502 is configured to receive the The beam report reported by the terminal, wherein the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object; the second measurement module 503 is configured to measure the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object; the third The sending module 504 is configured to send a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to make the The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第三发送模块504基于所述波束报告以 及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,包括:In a possible implementation, the third sending module 504 sends the first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, including:
基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果中的至少一项,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息;和/或,Based on at least one of the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, determine the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object; and/or,
基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息和在第二对象上使用的所述第二目标波束信息。Determine the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object and the second target beam used on the second object based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二测量模块503测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS,包括:In a possible implementation manner, the second measurement module 503 measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object, including:
在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备使用一个第一接收波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量;或者,On each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network side device uses a first receiving beam to receive and measure the SRS; or,
所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS,包括:在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备分别使用多个第二接收波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量。The network-side device measuring the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object includes: on each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network-side device respectively uses a plurality of second receive beams to pair the The above SRS is received and measured.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带所述第一目标波束信息和/或所述第二目标波束信息。In a possible implementation manner, the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information and/or the second target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。In a possible implementation manner, the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the first One of the beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括:第二更新模块,用于更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。In a possible implementation manner, the apparatus further includes: a second update module, configured to update beam information of the first target object or update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, wherein the first target object The objects include: at least one of the first object and the second object.
可选地,所述第三发送模块504还用于向所述终端发送第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。Optionally, the third sending module 504 is further configured to send second target beam indication signaling to the terminal, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,包括以下之一:In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, including one of the following:
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or to update the beam information of the first object to The first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or to update the beam information of the first object to The first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and the beam information of the second object is updated to the second target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information or the The second RS resource to be measured of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information. The second to-be-measured RS resource of the two objects is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information. updating the second RS resource to be measured of the object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information; and determining the first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information, and setting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of an object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端根据所述第二目标波束指示信令的指示,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或 者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal according to the indication of the second target beam indication signaling , updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resources to be measured of the second object to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组;或者,In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first component carrier group. A common TCI state, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group; or,
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组;或者,The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or,
所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:In a possible implementation manner, the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示TCI状态更新为目标TCI状态;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态。Wherein, the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device. The TCI state of the first target object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第二更新模块还用于:In a possible implementation manner, the second update module is also used for:
在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,基于所述第一对象更新后的第一目标波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息;和/或In the case that the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, based on the updated first target beam information of the first object, update the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group; and / or
在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,基于所述第二对象更新后的第二目标波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a case where the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group, based on the updated second target beam information of the second object, update the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述第一对象和所述第二对象分别包括以下至少之一:小区;带宽部分;子带;频带;发送接收点;终端面板;载波。In a possible implementation manner, the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a bandwidth part; a subband; a frequency band; a sending and receiving point;
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括第三执行模块,用于执行以下至少一项操作:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes a third execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
接收所述终端发送的第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或者使用状态;receiving a first notification sent by the terminal, where the first notification indicates that the first object is in an activated state or in a use state;
接收所述终端发送的第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;receiving a third notification sent by the terminal, where the third notification indicates that the first object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
接收所述终端发送的第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件;receiving a second notification sent by the terminal, where the second notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured meets a first preset condition;
接收所述终端发送的第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;receiving a fourth notification sent by the terminal, where the fourth notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition;
在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;activating or using the first object when the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition;
所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet a second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;activating or using the first object when the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a third preset condition;
接收所述终端发送的第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使 用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;Receive a seventh notification sent by the terminal, where the seventh notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal meets a third preset condition;
在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
接收所述终端发送的第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;receiving an eighth notification sent by the terminal, where the eighth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
向所述终端发送第一信令,其中,所述第一信令指示激活或使用所述第一对象;sending first signaling to the terminal, where the first signaling indicates activation or use of the first object;
向所述终端发送第二信令,其中,所述第二信令指示去激活或不使用所述第一对象。Sending second signaling to the terminal, where the second signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the first object.
在一个可能的实现方式中,所述装置还包括第三执行模块,用于执行以下至少一项操作:In a possible implementation manner, the device further includes a third execution module, configured to perform at least one of the following operations:
接收所述终端发送的第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象为激活状态或使用状态;receiving a ninth notification sent by the terminal, where the ninth notification indicates that the second object is in an activated state or in a used state;
接收终端发送的第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;receiving an eleventh notification sent by the terminal, wherein the eleventh notification indicates that the second object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第六预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;Activating or using the second object when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a sixth preset condition;
接收所述终端发送的第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件;Receive a tenth notification sent by the terminal, where the tenth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal meets a fourth preset condition;
在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a fourth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
接收所述终端发送的第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件;Receive a twelfth notification sent by the terminal, where the twelfth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition;
在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果满足第五预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;activating or using the second object when the result obtained by measuring the SRS satisfies a fifth preset condition;
在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果不满足第五预设条件的情况下,去激 活或不使用所述第二对象;When the result obtained by measuring the SRS does not meet the fifth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
向所述终端发送第三信令,其中,所述第三信令指示激活或使用所述第二对象;sending third signaling to the terminal, wherein the third signaling indicates activation or use of the second object;
向所述终端发送第四信令,其中,所述第四信令指示去激活或不使用所述第二对象。Sending fourth signaling to the terminal, where the fourth signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the second object.
本申请实施例提供的波束信息的确定装置能够实现图2至图3的方法实施例中网络侧设备实现的各个过程,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The apparatus for determining beam information provided in the embodiment of the present application can realize various processes implemented by the network side equipment in the method embodiments in FIG. 2 to FIG. 3 , and achieve the same technical effect. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
可选的,如图6所示,本申请实施例还提供一种通信设备600,包括处理器601,存储器602,存储在存储器602上并可在所述处理器601上运行的程序或指令,例如,该通信设备600为终端时,该程序或指令被处理器601执行时实现上述波束信息的确定方法200实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果。该通信设备600为网络侧设备时,该程序或指令被处理器601执行时实现上述波束信息的确定方法300实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。Optionally, as shown in FIG. 6 , this embodiment of the present application further provides a communication device 600, including a processor 601, a memory 602, and programs or instructions stored in the memory 602 and operable on the processor 601, For example, when the communication device 600 is a terminal, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 601, each process of the embodiment of the beam information determining method 200 described above can be realized, and the same technical effect can be achieved. When the communication device 600 is a network-side device, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor 601, each process of the above-mentioned method for determining beam information 300 can be achieved, and the same technical effect can be achieved. To avoid repetition, details are not repeated here. .
本申请实施例还提供一种终端,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于实现上述波束信息的确定方法200实施例的各个过程,通信接口用于与网络侧设备进行通信。该终端实施例是与上述终端侧方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该终端实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。具体地,图7为实现本申请实施例的一种终端的硬件结构示意图。The embodiment of the present application also provides a terminal, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is used to implement the various processes of the embodiment of the beam information determining method 200, and the communication interface is used to communicate with the network side device. This terminal embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned terminal-side method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this terminal embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect. Specifically, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of a terminal implementing an embodiment of the present application.
该终端700包括但不限于:射频单元701、网络模块702、音频输出单元703、输入单元704、传感器705、显示单元706、用户输入单元707、接口单元708、存储器709、以及处理器710等部件。The terminal 700 includes, but is not limited to: a radio frequency unit 701, a network module 702, an audio output unit 703, an input unit 704, a sensor 705, a display unit 706, a user input unit 707, an interface unit 708, a memory 709, and a processor 710, etc. .
本领域技术人员可以理解,终端700还可以包括给各个部件供电的电源(比如电池),电源可以通过电源管理系统与处理器710逻辑相连,从而通 过电源管理系统实现管理充电、放电、以及功耗管理等功能。图7中示出的终端结构并不构成对终端的限定,终端可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者不同的部件布置,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal 700 may also include a power supply (such as a battery) for supplying power to various components, and the power supply may be logically connected to the processor 710 through the power management system, so as to manage charging, discharging, and power consumption through the power management system. Management and other functions. The terminal structure shown in FIG. 7 does not constitute a limitation on the terminal, and the terminal may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine some components, or arrange different components, which will not be repeated here.
应理解的是,本申请实施例中,输入单元704可以包括图形处理器(Graphics Processing Unit,GPU)7041和麦克风7042,图形处理器7041对在视频捕获模式或图像捕获模式中由图像捕获装置(如摄像头)获得的静态图片或视频的图像数据进行处理。显示单元706可包括显示面板7061,可以采用液晶显示器、有机发光二极管等形式来配置显示面板7061。用户输入单元707包括触控面板7071以及其他输入设备7072。触控面板7071,也称为触摸屏。触控面板7071可包括触摸检测装置和触摸控制器两个部分。其他输入设备7072可以包括但不限于物理键盘、功能键(比如音量控制按键、开关按键等)、轨迹球、鼠标、操作杆,在此不再赘述。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the input unit 704 may include a graphics processor (Graphics Processing Unit, GPU) 7041 and a microphone 7042, and the graphics processor 7041 is used for the image capture device ( Such as the image data of the still picture or video obtained by the camera) for processing. The display unit 706 may include a display panel 7061, and the display panel 7061 may be configured in the form of a liquid crystal display, an organic light emitting diode, or the like. The user input unit 707 includes a touch panel 7071 and other input devices 7072 . The touch panel 7071 is also called a touch screen. The touch panel 7071 may include two parts, a touch detection device and a touch controller. Other input devices 7072 may include, but are not limited to, physical keyboards, function keys (such as volume control buttons, switch buttons, etc.), trackballs, mice, and joysticks, which will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例中,射频单元701将来自网络侧设备的下行数据接收后,给处理器710处理;另外,将上行的数据发送给网络侧设备。通常,射频单元701包括但不限于天线、至少一个放大器、收发信机、耦合器、低噪声放大器、双工器等。In the embodiment of the present application, the radio frequency unit 701 receives the downlink data from the network side device, and processes it to the processor 710; in addition, sends the uplink data to the network side device. Generally, the radio frequency unit 701 includes, but is not limited to, an antenna, at least one amplifier, a transceiver, a coupler, a low noise amplifier, a duplexer, and the like.
存储器709可用于存储软件程序或指令以及各种数据。存储器709可主要包括存储程序或指令区和存储数据区,其中,存储程序或指令区可存储操作系统、至少一个功能所需的应用程序或指令(比如声音播放功能、图像播放功能等)等。此外,存储器709可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非瞬态性存储器,其中,非瞬态性存储器可以是只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(Programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(Erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(ElectricallyEPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。例如至少一个磁盘存储器件、闪存器件、或其他非瞬态性固态存储器件。The memory 709 can be used to store software programs or instructions as well as various data. The memory 709 may mainly include a program or instruction storage area and a data storage area, wherein the program or instruction storage area may store an operating system, an application program or instructions required by at least one function (such as a sound playback function, an image playback function, etc.) and the like. In addition, the memory 709 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-transitory memory, wherein the non-transitory memory may be a read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), a programmable read-only memory (Programmable ROM) , PROM), erasable programmable read-only memory (Erasable PROM, EPROM), electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (Electrically EPROM, EEPROM) or flash memory. For example at least one disk storage device, flash memory device, or other non-transitory solid state storage device.
处理器710可包括一个或多个处理单元;可选的,处理器710可集成应 用处理器和调制解调处理器,其中,应用处理器主要处理操作系统、用户界面和应用程序或指令等,调制解调处理器主要处理无线通信,如基带处理器。可以理解的是,上述调制解调处理器也可以不集成到处理器710中。The processor 710 may include one or more processing units; optionally, the processor 710 may integrate an application processor and a modem processor, wherein the application processor mainly processes the operating system, user interface and application programs or instructions, etc., Modem processors mainly handle wireless communications, such as baseband processors. It can be understood that the foregoing modem processor may not be integrated into the processor 710 .
其中,处理器710,用于根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;Wherein, the processor 710 is configured to measure the signal quality on at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object;
射频单元701,用于根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS,以使网络侧设备对所述SRS进行测量;接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;The radio frequency unit 701 is configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes the first beam information of the first object; send a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, so that the network The side device measures the SRS; receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device;
所述处理器710,还用于根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。The processor 710 is further configured to determine first target beam information of the first object and second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling.
本申请实施例还提供一种网络侧设备,包括处理器和通信接口,处理器用于实现上述波束信息的确定方法300实施例的各个过程,,通信接口用于与终端进行通信。该网络侧设备实施例是与上述网络侧设备方法实施例对应的,上述方法实施例的各个实施过程和实现方式均可适用于该网络侧设备实施例中,且能达到相同的技术效果。The embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device, including a processor and a communication interface, the processor is used to implement the various processes of the above beam information determining method 300, and the communication interface is used to communicate with the terminal. The network-side device embodiment corresponds to the above-mentioned network-side device method embodiment, and each implementation process and implementation mode of the above-mentioned method embodiment can be applied to this network-side device embodiment, and can achieve the same technical effect.
具体地,本申请实施例还提供了一种网络侧设备。如图8所示,该网络设备800包括:天线801、射频装置802、基带装置803。天线801与射频装置802连接。在上行方向上,射频装置802通过天线801接收信息,将接收的信息发送给基带装置803进行处理。在下行方向上,基带装置803对要发送的信息进行处理,并发送给射频装置802,射频装置802对收到的信息进行处理后经过天线801发送出去。Specifically, the embodiment of the present application also provides a network side device. As shown in FIG. 8 , the network device 800 includes: an antenna 801 , a radio frequency device 802 , and a baseband device 803 . The antenna 801 is connected to the radio frequency device 802 . In the uplink direction, the radio frequency device 802 receives information through the antenna 801, and sends the received information to the baseband device 803 for processing. In the downlink direction, the baseband device 803 processes the information to be sent and sends it to the radio frequency device 802 , and the radio frequency device 802 processes the received information and sends it out through the antenna 801 .
上述频带处理装置可以位于基带装置803中,以上实施例中网络侧设备执行的方法可以在基带装置803中实现,该基带装置803包括处理器804和存储器805。The foregoing frequency band processing device may be located in the baseband device 803 , and the method performed by the network side device in the above embodiments may be implemented in the baseband device 803 , and the baseband device 803 includes a processor 804 and a memory 805 .
基带装置803例如可以包括至少一个基带板,该基带板上设置有多个芯片,如图8所示,其中一个芯片例如为处理器804,与存储器805连接,以调用存储器805中的程序,执行以上方法实施例中所示的网络设备操作。The baseband device 803 may include at least one baseband board, for example, a plurality of chips are arranged on the baseband board, as shown in FIG. The network device operations shown in the above method embodiments.
该基带装置803还可以包括网络接口806,用于与射频装置802交互信息,该接口例如为通用公共无线接口(common public radio interface,简称CPRI)。The baseband device 803 may further include a network interface 806 for exchanging information with the radio frequency device 802, and the interface is, for example, a common public radio interface (CPRI for short).
具体地,本发明实施例的网络侧设备还包括:存储在存储器805上并可在处理器804上运行的指令或程序,处理器804调用存储器805中的指令或程序执行图5所示各模块执行的方法,并达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,故不在此赘述。Specifically, the network-side device in this embodiment of the present invention also includes: instructions or programs stored in the memory 805 and operable on the processor 804, and the processor 804 calls the instructions or programs in the memory 805 to execute the modules shown in FIG. 5 To avoid duplication, the method of implementation and to achieve the same technical effect will not be repeated here.
本申请实施例还提供一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储有程序或指令,该程序或指令被处理器执行时实现上述波束信息的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a readable storage medium, the readable storage medium stores a program or an instruction, and when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, each process of the above-mentioned beam information determination method embodiment is implemented, and can To achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, no more details are given here.
其中,所述处理器为上述实施例中所述的终端中的处理器。所述可读存储介质,包括计算机可读存储介质,如计算机只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等。Wherein, the processor is the processor in the terminal described in the foregoing embodiments. The readable storage medium includes computer readable storage medium, such as computer read-only memory (Read-Only Memory, ROM), random access memory (Random Access Memory, RAM), magnetic disk or optical disk, etc.
本申请实施例另提供了一种芯片,所述芯片包括处理器和通信接口,所述通信接口和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于运行程序或指令,实现上述波束信息的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application further provides a chip, the chip includes a processor and a communication interface, the communication interface is coupled to the processor, and the processor is used to run programs or instructions to implement the method for determining beam information described above Each process of the example, and can achieve the same technical effect, in order to avoid repetition, will not repeat them here.
应理解,本申请实施例提到的芯片还可以称为系统级芯片,系统芯片,芯片系统或片上系统芯片等。It should be understood that the chip mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may also be called a system-on-chip, a system-on-chip, a system-on-a-chip, or a system-on-a-chip.
本申请实施例还提供了一种计算机程序/程序产品,所述计算机程序/程序产品被存储在非瞬态的存储介质中,所述程序/程序产品被至少一个处理器执行以实现上述波束信息的确定方法实施例的各个过程,且能达到相同的技术 效果,为避免重复,这里不再赘述。The embodiment of the present application also provides a computer program/program product, the computer program/program product is stored in a non-transitory storage medium, and the program/program product is executed by at least one processor to realize the above-mentioned beam information Each process in the embodiment of the determination method can achieve the same technical effect, so in order to avoid repetition, details are not repeated here.
需要说明的是,在本文中,术语“包括”、“包含”或者其任何其他变体意在涵盖非排他性的包含,从而使得包括一系列要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置不仅包括那些要素,而且还包括没有明确列出的其他要素,或者是还包括为这种过程、方法、物品或者装置所固有的要素。在没有更多限制的情况下,由语句“包括一个……”限定的要素,并不排除在包括该要素的过程、方法、物品或者装置中还存在另外的相同要素。此外,需要指出的是,本申请实施方式中的方法和装置的范围不限按示出或讨论的顺序来执行功能,还可包括根据所涉及的功能按基本同时的方式或按相反的顺序来执行功能,例如,可以按不同于所描述的次序来执行所描述的方法,并且还可以添加、省去、或组合各种步骤。另外,参照某些示例所描述的特征可在其他示例中被组合。It should be noted that, in this document, the term "comprising", "comprising" or any other variation thereof is intended to cover a non-exclusive inclusion such that a process, method, article or apparatus comprising a set of elements includes not only those elements, It also includes other elements not expressly listed, or elements inherent in the process, method, article, or device. Without further limitations, an element defined by the phrase "comprising a ..." does not preclude the presence of additional identical elements in the process, method, article, or apparatus comprising that element. In addition, it should be pointed out that the scope of the methods and devices in the embodiments of the present application is not limited to performing functions in the order shown or discussed, and may also include performing functions in a substantially simultaneous manner or in reverse order according to the functions involved. Functions are performed, for example, the described methods may be performed in an order different from that described, and various steps may also be added, omitted, or combined. Additionally, features described with reference to certain examples may be combined in other examples.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,本领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到上述实施例方法可借助软件加必需的通用硬件平台的方式来实现,当然也可以通过硬件,但很多情况下前者是更佳的实施方式。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分可以以计算机软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质(如ROM/RAM、磁碟、光盘)中,包括若干指令用以使得一台终端(可以是手机,计算机,服务器,空调器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述的方法。Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the methods of the above embodiments can be implemented by means of software plus a necessary general-purpose hardware platform, and of course also by hardware, but in many cases the former is better implementation. Based on such an understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be embodied in the form of computer software products, which are stored in a storage medium (such as ROM/RAM, magnetic disk, etc.) , CD-ROM), including several instructions to make a terminal (which may be a mobile phone, a computer, a server, an air conditioner, or a network device, etc.) execute the methods described in the various embodiments of the present application.
上面结合附图对本申请的实施例进行了描述,但是本申请并不局限于上述的具体实施方式,上述的具体实施方式仅仅是示意性的,而不是限制性的,本领域的普通技术人员在本申请的启示下,在不脱离本申请宗旨和权利要求所保护的范围情况下,还可做出很多形式,均属于本申请的保护之内。The embodiments of the present application have been described above in conjunction with the accompanying drawings, but the present application is not limited to the above-mentioned specific implementations. The above-mentioned specific implementations are only illustrative and not restrictive. Those of ordinary skill in the art will Under the inspiration of this application, without departing from the purpose of this application and the scope of protection of the claims, many forms can also be made, all of which belong to the protection of this application.

Claims (40)

  1. 一种波束信息的确定方法,包括:A method for determining beam information, comprising:
    终端根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;The terminal measures the signal quality on at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, where the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object;
    所述终端根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;The terminal reports a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object;
    所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS;The terminal sends a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object;
    所述终端接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;The terminal receives the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device;
    所述终端根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。The terminal determines first target beam information of the first object and second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS,包括:所述终端根据所述网络侧设备配置的SRS资源信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。The method according to claim 1, wherein the sending, by the terminal, a Sounding Reference Signal (SRS) corresponding to the second object comprises: sending by the terminal on the second object according to the SRS resource information configured by the network side device The SRS.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其中,所述终端在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS,包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein the terminal sending the SRS on the second object comprises:
    所述终端根据所述第一波束信息、所述第一目标波束信息以及所述SRS资源信息中的波束信息中的至少一项,确定在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS所使用的第二波束信息;The terminal determines, according to at least one item of the first beam information, the first target beam information, and the beam information in the SRS resource information, the first beam used for sending the SRS on the second object. Two beam information;
    所述终端采用所述第二波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。The terminal sends the SRS on the second object by using the second beam information.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其中,所述终端采用所述第二波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS,包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein the terminal uses the second beam information to send the SRS on the second object, comprising:
    所述终端在多个SRS资源上使用所述第二波束信息发送所述SRS。The terminal uses the second beam information to send the SRS on multiple SRS resources.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,所述第二波束信息包括多个波束信息,不同的所述SRS资源上发送所述SRS使用的波束信息不完全相同。The method according to claim 4, wherein the second beam information includes a plurality of beam information, and the beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is not completely the same.
  6. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其中,不同的所述SRS资源上发送所述SRS使用的波束信息相同。The method according to claim 4, wherein beam information used for sending the SRS on different SRS resources is the same.
  7. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其中,所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal sending a sounding reference signal (SRS) corresponding to the second object comprises:
    所述终端根据所述第一对象的第一SRS资源的第三波束信息,确定在所述第二对象上发送SRS所用的第四波束信息;The terminal determines fourth beam information used for sending SRS on the second object according to the third beam information of the first SRS resource of the first object;
    所述终端使用所述第四波束信息,在所述第二对象上发送所述SRS。The terminal sends the SRS on the second object by using the fourth beam information.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述的方法,其中,所述第三波束信息的确定方式包括如下至少一项:The method according to claim 7, wherein the manner of determining the third beam information includes at least one of the following:
    根据所述第一波束信息确定;determined according to the first beam information;
    根据所述第一目标波束信息确定;determined according to the first target beam information;
    根据网络侧设备指示的所述第一SRS资源的波束信息确定。Determine according to the beam information of the first SRS resource indicated by the network side device.
  9. 根据权利要求2至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,A method according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein,
    所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS之前,所述方法还包括:所述终端发送通知消息,其中,所述通知消息指示所述终端当前使用公共波束管理CBM模式;和/或,Before the terminal sends the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, the method further includes: the terminal sends a notification message, where the notification message indicates that the terminal is currently using a common beam management CBM mode; and/or,
    在所述终端发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS之前,所述方法还包括:所述终端接收所述网络侧设备的第一指示信息,其中,所述第一指示信息指示所述终端使用CBM模式。Before the terminal sends the sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object, the method further includes: the terminal receiving first indication information of the network side device, wherein the first indication information indicates that the terminal uses CBM mode.
  10. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括以下之一:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the terminal determines the first target beam information of the first object and the first target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling. Second target beam information, including one of the following:
    在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,并根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息;In a case where the first target beam indicating signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, the terminal determines that the target beam information of the first object is carried in the first target beam indicating signaling the first target beam information, and according to the first target beam information, determine the second target beam information of the second object;
    在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端确定所述第二对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第二目标波束信息,并根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定 所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息;In a case where the first target beam indicating signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, the terminal determines that the target beam information of the second object is carried in the first target beam indicating signaling The second target beam information, and according to the second target beam information, determine the first target beam information of the first object;
    在所述第一目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端确定所述第一对象的目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令携带的所述第一目标波束信息,所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息为所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带的第二目标波束信息。In a case where the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, the terminal determines the target beam of the first object The information is the first target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling, and the second target beam information of the second object is the second target beam information carried in the first target beam indication signaling .
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:The method according to claim 10, wherein the terminal determines the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, comprising:
    所述终端获取与所述第一目标波束信息对应的第三目标波束信息,其中,所述第三目标波束信息为根据所述第一目标波束信息确定的发送所述SRS所使用的波束信息;The terminal acquires third target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information, where the third target beam information is the beam information used to send the SRS determined according to the first target beam information;
    所述终端根据所述第三目标波束信息,确定所述第二目标波束信息。The terminal determines the second target beam information according to the third target beam information.
  12. 根据权利要求1至8中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the first beam pool on the second object The second target beam information is one of the first beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  13. 根据权利要求1至8任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述终端上报波束报告之后,所述方法还包括:所述终端更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein, after the terminal reports the beam report, the method further comprises: the terminal updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the first target object RS resources to be measured, wherein the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  14. 根据权利要求13所述的方法,其中,在所述终端更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 13, wherein, before the terminal updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, the method further comprises:
    所述终端接收网络侧设备发送的第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者所述更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。The terminal receives the second target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the beam information of the first target object. The RS resource to be measured.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述终端根据所述第二目标波束指示信令,更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 14, wherein the terminal updates the beam information of the first target object or updates the RS resources to be measured of the first target object according to the second target beam indication signaling, including one of the following:
    在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;If the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, the terminal updates the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or The first RS resource to be measured of the first object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
    在所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第一目标波束信息,确定所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;When the second target beam indication signaling indicates the first target beam information of the first object, the terminal updates the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or changes the updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and determining the second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam information, and setting updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
    在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;If the second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, the terminal updates the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or The second RS resource to be measured of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
    在所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;If the second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object, the terminal updates the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or updating the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information; and determining the first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information, updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
    在所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息的情况下,所述终端根据所述第二目标 波束指示信令的指示,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。In the case that the second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, the terminal according to the second target beam indication signal update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or update the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS corresponding to the first target beam information Resource: update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or update the second RS resource to be measured of the second object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 15, wherein,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组;或者,The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first common TCI state of the first component carrier group, wherein the The first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group; or,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组;或者,The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  17. 根据权利要求14所述的方法,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 14, wherein the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
    所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示TCI状态更新为目标TCI状态;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
    其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态。Wherein, the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device. The TCI state of the first target object.
  18. 根据权利要求14至17任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 14 to 17, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,所述终端基于所述第一对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息;和/或In the case that the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, the terminal updates the beam information of each component carrier in the first component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the first object; and / or
    在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,所述终端基于所述第二对象更新后的波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In a case where the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group, the terminal updates the beam information of each component carrier in the second component carrier group based on the updated beam information of the second object.
  19. 根据权利要求1至8、11至12、14至17中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一对象和所述第二对象分别包括以下至少之一:小区;载波、带宽部分BWP;子带sub-band;频带band;发送接收点TRP;终端面板。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, 11 to 12, 14 to 17, wherein the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a carrier, a bandwidth part BWP ; sub-band sub-band; frequency band band; sending and receiving point TRP; terminal panel.
  20. 根据权利要求1至8、11至12、14至17中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, 11 to 12, 14 to 17, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured meets a first preset condition, activate or use the first object;
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或使用状态;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured satisfies a first preset condition, sending a first notification to the network side device, where the first notification indicates that the first object is in an active state or usage status;
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件;When the signal quality on the at least one first to-be-measured RS resource satisfies the first preset condition, send a second notification to the network side device, where the second notification indicates the at least one first to-be-measured RS resource The signal quality on the RS resource meets the first preset condition;
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet a first preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a third notification to the network side device, where the third notification indicates that the first object is to active or inactive;
    在所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少 一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;When the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition, send a fourth notification to the network side device, where the fourth notification indicates that the at least one first RS resource to be measured Measuring the signal quality on the RS resource does not meet the first preset condition;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;activating or using the first object when the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第一通知;When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition, sending the first notification to the network side device;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第五通知,其中,所述第五通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件;When the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition, send a fifth notification to the network side device, where the fifth notification indicates that the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies the second preset condition set conditions;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet a second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送所述第三通知;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, sending the third notification to the network side device;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第六通知,其中,所述第六通知指示所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the second preset condition, send a sixth notification to the network side device, where the sixth notification indicates that the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet the first preset condition. 2. Preconditions;
    在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端激活或使用所述第一对象,其中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备指示或激活的第一对象的波束信息;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the third preset condition, the terminal activates or uses the first object, where the first target beam information is indicated by the network side device or the beam information of the activated first object;
    在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端发送所述第一通知;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal meets a third preset condition, the terminal sends the first notification;
    在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal meets the third preset condition, the terminal sends a seventh notification to the network side device, where the seventh notification indicates that the terminal is in The performance of transmitting a channel or a reference signal using the first target beam information satisfies a third preset condition;
    在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端去激活或不使用所述第一对象;In a case where the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, the terminal deactivates or does not use the first object;
    在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预 设条件的情况下,所述终端发送所述第三通知;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, the terminal sends the third notification;
    在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,所述终端向网络侧设备发送第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition, the terminal sends an eighth notification to the network side device, where the eighth notification indicates that the terminal The performance of using the first target beam information to transmit channel or reference signal does not meet the third preset condition;
    所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第一信令激活或使用所述第一对象;The terminal activates or uses the first object according to the first signaling sent by the network side device;
    所述终端根据网络侧设备发送的第二信令去激活或不使用所述第一对象。The terminal deactivates or does not use the first object according to the second signaling sent by the network side device.
  21. 根据权利要求1至8、11至12、14至17中任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8, 11 to 12, 14 to 17, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    在使用第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,所述终端激活或使用所述第二对象;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition, the terminal activates or uses the second object;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象为激活状态或使用状态;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal meets the fourth preset condition, send a ninth notification to the network side device, where the ninth notification indicates that the second object is activated state or state of use;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal satisfies the fourth preset condition, send a tenth notification to the network side device, where the tenth notification indicates that the terminal is using the The performance of the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal satisfies a fourth preset condition;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a fourth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, send an eleventh notification to the network side device, where the eleventh notification indicates that the second The object is deactivated or not in use;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,向网络侧设备发送第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition, send a twelfth notification to the network side device, where the twelfth notification indicates that the terminal is in The performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition;
    根据网络侧设备发送的第三信令激活或使用所述第二对象;activate or use the second object according to the third signaling sent by the network side device;
    根据网络侧设备发送的第四信令去激活或不使用所述第二对象。The second object is deactivated or not used according to the fourth signaling sent by the network side device.
  22. 一种波束信息的确定方法,包括:A method for determining beam information, comprising:
    网络侧设备向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源;The network side device sends configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object;
    所述网络侧设备接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息;The network side device receives the beam report reported by the terminal, where the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object;
    所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS;The network side device measures the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object;
    所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。The network side device sends a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable the The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,包括:The method according to claim 22, wherein the network side device sends the first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS, including:
    所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果中的至少一项,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息;和/或,The network side device determines the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object based on at least one of the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS; and/or ,
    所述网络侧设备基于所述波束报告和对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,确定所述终端在所述第一对象上使用的所述第一目标波束信息和在第二对象上使用的所述第二目标波束信息。The network side device determines the first target beam information used by the terminal on the first object and the information of the first target beam used by the terminal on the second object based on the beam report and the result obtained by measuring the SRS. The second target beam information.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的方法,其中,所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS,包括:The method according to claim 23, wherein the network-side device measuring the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object comprises:
    在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备使用一个第一接收波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量;或者,On each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network side device uses a first receiving beam to receive and measure the SRS; or,
    所述网络侧设备测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS,包括:在为所述第二对象配置的每个SRS资源上,所述网络侧设备分别使用多个第二接收 波束对所述SRS进行接收并测量。The network-side device measuring the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object includes: on each SRS resource configured for the second object, the network-side device respectively uses a plurality of second receive beams to pair the The above SRS is received and measured.
  25. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令中携带所述第一目标波束信息和/或所述第二目标波束信息。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein the first target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information and/or the second target beam information.
  26. 根据权利要求25所述的方法,其中,所述第一目标波束信息为网络侧设备为第一对象配置的第一波束池中的一个;所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为所述第一波束池中的一个,或者,所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息为网络侧设备为所述第二对象配置的第二波束池中的一个。The method according to claim 25, wherein the first target beam information is one of the first beam pools configured by the network side device for the first object; the second target beam information on the second object is the one of the first beam pools, or the second target beam information on the second object is one of the second beam pools configured by the network side device for the second object.
  27. 根据权利要求22至24任一项所述的方法,其中,在所述网络侧设备接收所述终端上报的波束报告之后,所述方法还包括:所述网络侧设备更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,其中,所述第一目标对象包括:所述第一对象和所述第二对象中至少一个。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, wherein, after the network side device receives the beam report reported by the terminal, the method further comprises: the network side device updating the beam of the first target object information or update the RS resources to be measured of the first target object, where the first target object includes: at least one of the first object and the second object.
  28. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其中,在更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 27, wherein, after updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, the method further comprises:
    所述网络侧设备向所述终端发送第二目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源。The network side device sends a second target beam indication signaling to the terminal, where the second target beam indication signaling indicates to update the beam information of the first target object or to update the RS to be measured of the first target object resource.
  29. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源,包括以下之一:The method according to claim 28, wherein the second target beam indication signaling indicates updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object, including one of the following:
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息,或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information, or to update the beam information of the first object to The first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一对象的第一目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的 第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or to update the beam information of the first object to The first RS resource to be measured is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; and the beam information of the second object is updated to the second target beam information corresponding to the first target beam information or the The second RS resource to be measured of the second object is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息,或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling carries the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information, or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information. The second to-be-measured RS resource of the two objects is updated to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源;以及根据所述第二目标波束信息,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal to update the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or to update the second target beam information to the second target beam information. updating the second RS resource to be measured of the object to the RS resource corresponding to the second target beam information; and determining the first target beam information of the first object according to the second target beam information, and setting the first target beam information to updating the beam information of an object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,指示所述终端根据所述第二目标波束指示信令的指示,将所述第一对象的波束信息更新为所述第一目标波束信息或者将所述第一对象的第一待测量RS资源更新为与所述第一目标波束信息对应的RS资源;将所述第二对象的波束信息更新为所述第二目标波束信息或者将所述第二对象的第二待测量RS资源更新为与所述第二目标波束信息对应的RS资源。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, and instructs the terminal according to the indication of the second target beam indication signaling , updating the beam information of the first object to the first target beam information or updating the first RS resource to be measured of the first object to the RS resource corresponding to the first target beam information; updating the beam information of the second object to the second target beam information or updating the second RS resources to be measured of the second object to RS resources corresponding to the second target beam information.
  30. 根据权利要求29所述的方法,其中,The method of claim 29, wherein,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组;或者,The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first target beam information of the first object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the first common TCI state of the first component carrier group, wherein the The first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group; or,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组;或者,The second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second target beam information of the second object includes: the second target beam indicating signaling carrying the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the The second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group; or,
    所述第二目标波束指示信令携带所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息以及所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息,包括:所述第二目标波束指示信令携带第一成员载波组的第一公共TCI状态和第二成员载波组的第二公共TCI状态,其中,所述第一对象属于或包括所述第一成员载波组,所述第二对象属于或包括所述第二成员载波组。The second target beam indication signaling carries the first target beam information of the first object and the second target beam information of the second object, including: the second target beam indication signaling carries the first component carrier The first common TCI state of the group and the second common TCI state of the second component carrier group, wherein the first object belongs to or includes the first component carrier group, and the second object belongs to or includes the second component carrier group.
  31. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述第二目标波束指示信令指示更新所述第一目标对象的波束信息或者更新所述第一目标对象的待测量RS资源包括以下至少一项:The method according to claim 28, wherein the second target beam indication signaling indicates that updating the beam information of the first target object or updating the RS resource to be measured of the first target object includes at least one of the following:
    所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一传输配置指示TCI状态更新为目标TCI状态;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the first transmission configuration indication TCI state of the first target object is updated to the target TCI state;
    所述第二目标波束指示信令指示所述第一目标对象的第一TCI状态中的QCL类型D的RS资源更新为第一目标RS资源;The second target beam indication signaling indicates that the RS resource of QCL type D in the first TCI state of the first target object is updated as the first target RS resource;
    其中,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次指示的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态,或者,所述第一TCI状态为所述网络侧设备在最近一次激活的所述第一目标对象的TCI状态。Wherein, the first TCI state is the last TCI state of the first target object indicated by the network side device, or the first TCI state is the last activated TCI state of the network side device. The TCI state of the first target object.
  32. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 28, wherein the method further comprises:
    在所述第一对象属于或包括第一成员载波组的情况下,所述网络侧设备基于所述第一对象更新后的第一目标波束信息,更新所述第一成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息;和/或In the case that the first object belongs to or includes a first component carrier group, the network side device updates each member in the first component carrier group based on the updated first target beam information of the first object carrier beam information; and/or
    在所述第二对象属于或包括第二成员载波组的情况下,所述网络侧设备基于所述第二对象更新后的第二目标波束信息,更新所述第二成员载波组中的各个成员载波的波束信息。In the case that the second object belongs to or includes a second component carrier group, the network side device updates each member in the second component carrier group based on the updated second target beam information of the second object Carrier beam information.
  33. 根据权利要求22至24、26、28至32任一项所述的方法,其中,所述第一对象和所述第二对象分别包括以下至少之一:小区;载波;带宽部分BWP;子带sub-band;频带band;发送接收点TRP;终端面板。The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, 26, 28 to 32, wherein the first object and the second object respectively include at least one of the following: a cell; a carrier; a bandwidth part BWP; a subband sub-band; frequency band; sending and receiving point TRP; terminal panel.
  34. 根据权利要求22至24、26、28至32任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, 26, 28 to 32, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    接收所述终端发送的第一通知,其中,所述第一通知指示所述第一对象为激活状态或者使用状态;receiving a first notification sent by the terminal, where the first notification indicates that the first object is in an activated state or in a use state;
    接收所述终端发送的第三通知,其中,所述第三通知指示所述第一对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;receiving a third notification sent by the terminal, where the third notification indicates that the first object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
    接收所述终端发送的第二通知,其中,所述第二通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量满足第一预设条件;receiving a second notification sent by the terminal, where the second notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured meets a first preset condition;
    接收所述终端发送的第四通知,其中,所述第四通知指示所述至少一个第一待测量RS资源上的信号质量不满足第一预设条件;receiving a fourth notification sent by the terminal, where the fourth notification indicates that the signal quality on the at least one first RS resource to be measured does not meet the first preset condition;
    在所述第一波束信息的信号质量满足第二预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;activating or using the first object when the signal quality of the first beam information satisfies a second preset condition;
    所述第一波束信息的信号质量不满足第二预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the signal quality of the first beam information does not meet a second preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
    在使用第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第一对象;activating or using the first object when the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a third preset condition;
    接收所述终端发送的第七通知,其中,所述第七通知指示所述终端在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第三预设条件;Receive a seventh notification sent by the terminal, where the seventh notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal satisfies a third preset condition;
    在使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第一对象;When the performance of using the first target beam information to transmit a channel or a reference signal does not meet a third preset condition, deactivate or not use the first object;
    接收所述终端发送的第八通知,其中,所述第八通知指示所述终端使用所述第一目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第三预设条件;receiving an eighth notification sent by the terminal, where the eighth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the first target beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet a third preset condition;
    向所述终端发送第一信令,其中,所述第一信令指示激活或使用所述第一对象;sending first signaling to the terminal, where the first signaling indicates activation or use of the first object;
    向所述终端发送第二信令,其中,所述第二信令指示去激活或不使用所述第一对象。Sending second signaling to the terminal, where the second signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the first object.
  35. 根据权利要求22至24、26、28至32任一项所述的方法,其中,所述方法还包括以下至少一项:The method according to any one of claims 22 to 24, 26, 28 to 32, wherein the method further comprises at least one of the following:
    接收所述终端发送的第九通知,其中,所述第九通知指示所述第二对象 为激活状态或使用状态;receiving a ninth notification sent by the terminal, wherein the ninth notification indicates that the second object is in an activated state or in use state;
    接收终端发送的第十一通知,其中,所述第十一通知指示所述第二对象为去激活状态或非使用状态;receiving an eleventh notification sent by the terminal, wherein the eleventh notification indicates that the second object is in a deactivated state or a non-use state;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第六预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;Activating or using the second object when the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit the channel or the reference signal satisfies a sixth preset condition;
    接收所述终端发送的第十通知,其中,所述第十通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能满足第四预设条件;Receive a tenth notification sent by the terminal, where the tenth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second target beam information transmission channel or reference signal meets a fourth preset condition;
    在使用所述第二目标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;When the performance of using the second target beam information to transmit a channel or reference signal does not meet a fourth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
    接收所述终端发送的第十二通知,其中,所述第十二通知指示所述终端在使用所述第二标波束信息传输信道或参考信号的性能不满足第四预设条件;Receive a twelfth notification sent by the terminal, where the twelfth notification indicates that the performance of the terminal using the second beam information transmission channel or reference signal does not meet the fourth preset condition;
    在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果满足第五预设条件的情况下,激活或使用所述第二对象;activating or using the second object when the result obtained by measuring the SRS satisfies a fifth preset condition;
    在对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果不满足第五预设条件的情况下,去激活或不使用所述第二对象;If the result obtained by measuring the SRS does not meet the fifth preset condition, deactivate or not use the second object;
    向所述终端发送第三信令,其中,所述第三信令指示激活或使用所述第二对象;sending third signaling to the terminal, wherein the third signaling indicates activation or use of the second object;
    向所述终端发送第四信令,其中,所述第四信令指示去激活或不使用所述第二对象。Sending fourth signaling to the terminal, where the fourth signaling indicates to deactivate or not use the second object.
  36. 一种波束信息的确定装置,包括:A device for determining beam information, comprising:
    第一测量模块,用于根据接收到的配置信息,测量至少一个第一待测量参考信号RS资源上的信号质量,其中,所述第一待测量RS资源与第一对象对应;The first measurement module is configured to measure the signal quality of at least one first reference signal RS resource to be measured according to the received configuration information, wherein the first RS resource to be measured corresponds to the first object;
    上报模块,用于根据测量结果,向网络侧设备上报波束报告,其中,所述波束报告包括所述第一对象的第一波束信息;A reporting module, configured to report a beam report to the network side device according to the measurement result, where the beam report includes first beam information of the first object;
    第一发送模块,用于发送对应第二对象的探测参考信号SRS;A first sending module, configured to send a sounding reference signal SRS corresponding to the second object;
    第一接收模块,用于接收所述网络侧设备发送的第一目标波束指示信令;A first receiving module, configured to receive the first target beam indication signaling sent by the network side device;
    第一确定模块,用于根据所述第一目标波束指示信令,确定所述第一对象的第一目标波束信息和所述第二对象的第二目标波束信息。A first determining module, configured to determine first target beam information of the first object and second target beam information of the second object according to the first target beam indication signaling.
  37. 一种波束信息的确定装置,包括:A device for determining beam information, comprising:
    第二发送模块,用于向终端发送配置信息,其中,所述配置信息为第一对象配置至少一个第一待测量RS资源;The second sending module is configured to send configuration information to the terminal, where the configuration information configures at least one first RS resource to be measured for the first object;
    第二接收模块,用于接收所述终端上报的波束报告,其中,所述波束报告中携带有所述第一对象的第一波束信息;The second receiving module is configured to receive a beam report reported by the terminal, where the beam report carries the first beam information of the first object;
    第二测量模块,用于测量所述终端在第二对象上发送的SRS;a second measurement module, configured to measure the SRS sent by the terminal on the second object;
    第三发送模块,用于基于所述波束报告以及对所述SRS进行测量得到的结果,向所述终端发送第一目标波束指示信令,其中,所述第一目标波束指示信令用于使所述终端确定在所述第一对象上的第一目标波束信息以及在所述第二对象上的第二目标波束信息。A third sending module, configured to send a first target beam indication signaling to the terminal based on the beam report and a result obtained by measuring the SRS, where the first target beam indication signaling is used to enable The terminal determines first target beam information on the first object and second target beam information on the second object.
  38. 一种终端,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至21任一项所述的波束信息的确定方法的步骤。A terminal, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, any of claims 1 to 21 can be realized. A step in the method for determining beam information described in one item.
  39. 一种网络侧设备,包括处理器,存储器及存储在所述存储器上并可在所述处理器上运行的程序或指令,所述程序或指令被所述处理器执行时实现如权利要求22至35任一项所述的波束信息的确定方法的步骤。A network side device, comprising a processor, a memory, and a program or instruction stored in the memory and operable on the processor, when the program or instruction is executed by the processor, it realizes the requirements of claims 22 to 22. Steps in the method for determining beam information described in any one of 35.
  40. 一种可读存储介质,所述可读存储介质上存储程序或指令,所述程序或指令被处理器执行时实现如权利要求1至21任一项所述的波束信息的确定方法,或者实现如权利要求22至35任一项所述的波束信息的确定方法的步骤。A readable storage medium, on which a program or instruction is stored, and when the program or instruction is executed by a processor, the method for determining beam information according to any one of claims 1 to 21 is realized, or The steps of the method for determining beam information according to any one of claims 22 to 35.
PCT/CN2022/118917 2021-09-15 2022-09-15 Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device WO2023040933A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202111083203.8A CN115835279A (en) 2021-09-15 2021-09-15 Method for determining beam information, terminal and network side equipment
CN202111083203.8 2021-09-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023040933A1 true WO2023040933A1 (en) 2023-03-23

Family

ID=85515594

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/118917 WO2023040933A1 (en) 2021-09-15 2022-09-15 Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN115835279A (en)
WO (1) WO2023040933A1 (en)

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN108260133A (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method, network side equipment and the mobile terminal that a kind of wave beam measurement reports
WO2018183995A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Intel IP Corporation System and method for beam management procedure configuration
CN109429235A (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-05 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of beam sweeping method, network side equipment and mobile communication terminal
AU2017338030A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-03-21 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and devices for reference signal transmission and measurement
CN110300444A (en) * 2018-03-23 2019-10-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transferring method, terminal and the network equipment
CN110972155A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Measurement configuration method, measurement reporting method and device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
AU2017338030A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2019-03-21 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and devices for reference signal transmission and measurement
CN108260133A (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method, network side equipment and the mobile terminal that a kind of wave beam measurement reports
WO2018183995A1 (en) * 2017-03-31 2018-10-04 Intel IP Corporation System and method for beam management procedure configuration
CN109429235A (en) * 2017-08-30 2019-03-05 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 A kind of beam sweeping method, network side equipment and mobile communication terminal
CN110300444A (en) * 2018-03-23 2019-10-01 维沃移动通信有限公司 Information transferring method, terminal and the network equipment
CN110972155A (en) * 2018-09-28 2020-04-07 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Measurement configuration method, measurement reporting method and device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
FRAUNHOFER HHI, FRAUNHOFER IIS: "Beam correspondence performance measurement improvements of FR2 UEs that use carrier aggregation and shared antenna arrays", 3GPP DRAFT; R4-2014492, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG4, no. Electronic; 20201102 - 20201113, 23 October 2020 (2020-10-23), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP051943702 *
VIVO: "Further discussion on multi beam enhancement", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-2106571, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, vol. RAN WG1, no. e-Meeting; 20210816 - 20210827, 7 August 2021 (2021-08-07), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France , XP052037877 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN115835279A (en) 2023-03-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11895054B2 (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, and device
EP4178251A1 (en) Measurement reporting method and apparatus, and device
WO2020083053A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US11973591B2 (en) System and method for fast single-DCI and multi-DCI mode switching
WO2022068867A1 (en) Beam processing method and apparatus, and related device
US20230189178A1 (en) Information reporting method, information receiving method, and related devices
WO2018121540A1 (en) Downlink beam adjustment method and device
US20220394504A1 (en) Beam pair training method and communication apparatus
WO2022152235A1 (en) Beam measurement reporting method and apparatus, and terminal and network-side device
US20230134401A1 (en) Method for confuguring measurement gap, network device, and terminal device
WO2023011545A1 (en) Cell handover method and apparatus, and user equipment and storage medium
CN114765783A (en) Beam switching method, device, terminal and network side equipment
WO2023025017A1 (en) Transmission processing method and apparatus, and device
US20220418022A1 (en) Operating Channel Validation
WO2022156751A1 (en) Path switching method, terminal and network side device
WO2022078311A1 (en) Positioning method, terminal, and network side device
WO2023040933A1 (en) Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device
WO2023040979A1 (en) Method for determining beam information, terminal, and network side device
WO2023040980A1 (en) Beam information determination method, terminal and network side device
WO2022218298A1 (en) Signal processing method and apparatus, signal amplifier, and network side device
US20240163730A1 (en) Initial bandwidth part determining method and apparatus, and related device
WO2022022553A1 (en) Coordinative interference processing method and related device
WO2022206740A1 (en) Beam switching method and device and storage medium
US11943722B2 (en) Uplink timing synchronization maintenance in secondary cell group
WO2022218305A1 (en) Information signal updating method, terminal, and network side device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22869302

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE